WO2019028926A1 - Method and device for determining size of transmission block - Google Patents

Method and device for determining size of transmission block Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019028926A1
WO2019028926A1 PCT/CN2017/097287 CN2017097287W WO2019028926A1 WO 2019028926 A1 WO2019028926 A1 WO 2019028926A1 CN 2017097287 W CN2017097287 W CN 2017097287W WO 2019028926 A1 WO2019028926 A1 WO 2019028926A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
index
transport block
terminal device
block size
physical resource
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2017/097287
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
赵越
余政
王宏
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2017/097287 priority Critical patent/WO2019028926A1/en
Publication of WO2019028926A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019028926A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/16Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
    • H04W28/18Negotiating wireless communication parameters

Definitions

  • the present application relates to communication technologies, and in particular, to a method and apparatus for determining a transport block size.
  • Terminal devices need to be connected to the network at any time.
  • the terminal devices access the network, the terminal devices need to perform random access procedures with the network devices.
  • the process of random access has the following two types.
  • the first type is: the terminal device sends a random access preamble to the network device; the network device sends a random access response message to the terminal device; the terminal device sends an RRC connection setup request message to the network device; the network device sends the RRC connection setup to the terminal device Message.
  • the second type is: the terminal device sends a random access preamble to the network device; the network device sends a random access response message to the terminal device; the terminal device sends an RRC connection recovery request message to the network device; and the network device sends the RRC connection recovery to the terminal device. Message.
  • the terminal device after receiving the random access response message, the terminal device needs to determine the size of the data that can be carried by the uplink information to be sent, that is, determine the transport block size of the uplink information, and determine the uplink according to what kind of information.
  • the transport block size of the information is a problem that needs to be solved.
  • the present application provides a method and apparatus for determining a transport block size to determine a transport block size of uplink information.
  • the application provides a method for determining a transport block size, including:
  • the terminal device Receiving, by the terminal device, a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation coding mode index ;
  • the terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, a transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response, including:
  • the terminal device adopts a first query mode, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index.
  • the terminal device adopts a first query mode, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, including:
  • the terminal device determines the first physical resource number according to the resource allocation field, where the first physical resource number is the physical resource number of the terminal device that transmits the uplink information, and the first physical resource is physical Resource block or subcarrier;
  • the terminal device determines the second physical resource number according to the first physical resource number, where the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the first physical resource number;
  • the terminal device determines the transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index as the transport block size of the uplink information, including:
  • the terminal device queries, according to the second physical resource number and the first index, a transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number in a transport block size table;
  • the terminal device determines the queried transport block size, which is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the terminal device adopts a first query mode, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, including:
  • the terminal device determines the second physical resource number according to the resource allocation field, where the maximum value of the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the value of the first physical resource number corresponding to the resource allocation field.
  • the first physical resource number is a physical resource number of the terminal device that transmits the uplink information, where the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier;
  • the terminal device determines the transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index as the transport block size of the uplink information, including:
  • the terminal device queries, according to the second physical resource number and the first index, a transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number in a transport block size table;
  • the terminal device determines the queried transport block size, which is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the terminal device adopts a first query mode, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, including:
  • the second index Determining, by the terminal device, the second index according to the first index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, where the second index is greater than or equal to the first index index;
  • the terminal device determines, as the transport block size of the uplink information, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index, including:
  • the terminal device determines the queried transport block size, which is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the terminal device adopts a first query mode, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, including:
  • the second index Determining, by the terminal device, the second index according to the field indicating the first index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, where the second index is greater than or equal to The first index;
  • the terminal device determines, as the transport block size of the uplink information, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index, including:
  • the terminal device determines the queried transport block size, which is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the random access response further includes: a type indication field
  • the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using a first query manner.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, a transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response, including:
  • the terminal device adopts a second query mode, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index.
  • the terminal device uses a second query mode, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, including:
  • the terminal device determines the first physical resource number according to the resource allocation field, where the first physical resource number is the physical resource number of the terminal device that transmits the uplink information, and the first physical resource is physical Resource block or subcarrier;
  • the terminal device determines, as the transport block size of the uplink information, a transport block size corresponding to the first physical resource number and the first index.
  • the terminal device determines the transport block size corresponding to the first physical resource number and the first index as the transport block size of the uplink information, including:
  • the terminal device queries, according to the first physical resource number and the first index, a size of a transport block corresponding to the first index and the first physical resource number in a transport block size table;
  • the terminal device determines the queried transport block size, which is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the maximum transport block size determined by the first query mode is greater than the maximum transport block size determined by using the second query mode.
  • the present application provides a method for determining a transport block size, including:
  • the network device sends a random access response to the terminal device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding manner And the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index are used by the terminal device to determine a transport block size of the uplink information, where the uplink information is scheduled by the random access response.
  • the random access response further includes: a type indication field
  • the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using a first query manner.
  • the application provides a terminal device, including:
  • a receiving module configured to receive a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation Encoding mode index;
  • a determining module configured to determine, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, a transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response.
  • the determining module is specifically configured to:
  • the determining module includes:
  • a first determining submodule configured to determine, according to the resource allocation field, a first physical resource number, where the first physical resource number is a physical resource number that the terminal device transmits the uplink information, where the first A physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier;
  • a second determining submodule configured to determine, according to the first physical resource number, a second physical resource number, where the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the first physical resource number;
  • a third determining submodule configured to determine, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index
  • a fourth determining submodule configured to determine a transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the fourth determining submodule is specifically configured to: query, according to the second physical resource number and the first index, the first index and the Determining a transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number; determining a transport block size that is queried, and determining a transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the determining module includes:
  • a fifth determining submodule configured to determine, according to the resource allocation field, a second physical resource number, where a maximum value of the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to a first physical resource corresponding to the resource allocation field
  • the maximum value of the number, the first physical resource number is the number of physical resources that the terminal device transmits the uplink information, and the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier;
  • a sixth determining submodule configured to determine, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index
  • a seventh determining submodule configured to determine a transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the seventh determining submodule is specifically configured to: query, according to the second physical resource number and the first index, the first index and the Determining a transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number; determining a transport block size that is queried, and determining a transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the determining module includes:
  • An eighth determining submodule configured to determine, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index
  • a ninth determining submodule configured to determine, according to the first index, a second index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, where the second index is greater than or equal to The first index;
  • a tenth determining submodule configured to determine, as the transport block size of the uplink information, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index.
  • the tenth determining submodule is specifically configured to: query, according to the resource allocation field and the second index, a resource allocation field and the first in a transport block size table The transport block size corresponding to the second index; determining the transport block size that is queried, and the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the determining module includes:
  • An eleventh determining submodule configured to determine a second index according to the field indicating the first index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, and the second The index is greater than or equal to the first index;
  • a twelfth determining submodule configured to determine a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the twelfth determining submodule is specifically configured to: query, according to the resource allocation field and the second index, a resource allocation field and the The transport block size corresponding to the second index; determining the transport block size that is queried, and the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the random access response further includes: a type indication field
  • the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using a first query manner.
  • the determining module is specifically configured to:
  • the determining module is specifically configured to:
  • the first physical resource number is a physical resource number that the terminal device transmits the uplink information, where the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a sub- Carrier wave
  • Determining the queried transport block size is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the maximum transport block size determined by the first query mode is greater than the maximum transport block size determined by using the second query mode.
  • the application provides a network device, including:
  • a sending module configured to send a random access response to the terminal device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or the first a modulation coding mode index, where the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index are used by the terminal device to determine a transmission block size of the uplink information, where the uplink information is scheduled by the random access response.
  • the random access response further includes: a type indication field
  • the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using a first query manner.
  • the application provides a terminal device, including:
  • the receiver is configured to receive a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a modulation coding mode index;
  • the processor is configured to determine, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, a transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response.
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • the first physical resource number is a physical resource number that the terminal device transmits the uplink information, where the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a sub- Carrier wave
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • Determining the queried transport block size is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • the first physical resource number is a physical resource number of the terminal device that transmits the uplink information, where the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier;
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • Determining the queried transport block size is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • the transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index is determined as the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • Determining the queried transport block size is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • the second index Determining, according to the field indicating the first index, the second index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation coding mode index, where the second index is greater than or equal to the first index ;
  • the transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index is determined as the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • Determining the queried transport block size is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the random access response further includes: a type indication field
  • the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using a first query manner.
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • the first physical resource number is a physical resource number that the terminal device transmits the uplink information, where the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a sub- Carrier wave
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • Determining the queried transport block size is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the maximum transport block size determined by the first query mode is greater than the maximum transport block size determined by using the second query mode.
  • the application provides a network device, including:
  • a transmitter configured to send a random access response to the terminal device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or the first a modulation coding mode index, where the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index are used by the terminal device to determine a transmission block size of the uplink information, where the uplink information is scheduled by the random access response.
  • the random access response further includes: a type indication field
  • the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using a first query manner.
  • a terminal device includes a memory and a processor, and a computer program stored on the memory for execution by the processor, the processor executing the computer program to implement the first method Any method.
  • a terminal device comprising at least one processing element or chip for performing any of the methods of the above first aspect.
  • a computer readable storage medium comprising the program of the third aspect.
  • a terminal device comprising a memory and a processor, and a computer program stored on the memory for execution by the processor, the processor executing the computer program to implement the above second method Any method.
  • a terminal device comprising at least one processing element or chip for performing any of the methods of the above second aspect.
  • a computer readable storage medium comprising the program of the fourth aspect.
  • the random access response sent by the network device is received by the terminal device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first And a modulation coding mode index; the terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, a transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response.
  • the first query mode may be adopted, and the transport block size of the uplink information is determined according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index. Therefore, the size of the transport block that can be queried by using the first query mode is greater than the transport block size determined by the second query mode; and the maximum transport block size determined by using the first query mode is greater than the maximum determined by using the second query mode.
  • Transport block size is a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram 1 of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a MAC PDU according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 2a is a signaling diagram of an initial access procedure according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2b is a signaling diagram of another initial access procedure according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a MAC PDU subheader according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a subheader indicated by a backoff according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a MAC RAR according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a MAC RAR according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram 3 of a MAC RAR according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between RIV, RB START, and L CRBs according to an embodiment of the present disclosure ;
  • FIG. 10 is a signaling diagram of a method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of still another method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 12 is a signaling diagram of a method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining a transport block size according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 14 is a signaling diagram of another method for determining a transport block size according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of still another method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 16 is a signaling diagram of still another method for determining a transport block size according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 18 is a signaling diagram of another method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a signaling diagram of another method for determining a transport block size according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of still another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of still another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of still another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of still another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic structural diagram of still another network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE-A advanced LTE advanced
  • 5G communication system or other systems that may appear in the future.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE-A advanced LTE advanced
  • 5G communication system or other systems that may appear in the future.
  • UE User equipment
  • UE also known as a terminal and user equipment
  • UE is a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, an in-vehicle device, and the like.
  • Common terminal devices include, for example, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a palmtop computer, a mobile internet device (MID), and a wearable device.
  • the wearable device includes, for example, a smart watch, a smart wristband, and a step counter. And so on.
  • a network device also known as a radio access network (RAN) device, is a device that accesses a terminal device to a wireless network, and includes network devices in various communication systems, including but not limited to : base station, evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), network device controller (BSC), network device transceiver Base transceiver station (BTS), home network equipment (for example, home evolved NodeB, or Home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), and the like.
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • RNC radio network controller
  • Node B Node B
  • BSC network device controller
  • BTS network device transceiver Base transceiver station
  • home network equipment for example, home evolved NodeB, or Home Node B, HNB
  • BBU baseband unit
  • Network equipment including network equipment of various frequency systems, including but not limited to: low frequency network equipment, high frequency network equipment.
  • Multiple means two or more, and other quantifiers are similar. "and/or”, describing the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that there are three cases where A exists separately, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists separately.
  • the character "/" generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram 1 of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network architecture the main To include the network device 01 and the terminal device 02, the network device communicates with the terminal device; wherein the network device may include one or more transport receive points (TRPs), wherein the management of the TRP under each cell may be A centralized controller is responsible.
  • TRPs transport receive points
  • a network device 01 and six terminal devices UE1, UE2, UE3, UE4, UE5 and UE6 may be combined to form a communication system, in which the network device 01 sends a scheduling message to the terminal devices UE1 to UE6.
  • the terminal devices UE4 to UE6 may also constitute another communication system in which the terminal device UE5 may transmit scheduling information to one or more of the terminal devices UE4 and UE6.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may refer to an access terminal, a user unit, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, a user agent, or a user.
  • the access terminal may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), with wireless communication.
  • FIG. 2 is a signaling diagram of an initial access procedure according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the third message that the terminal device interacts with the network device in the initial access process is a radio resource control (RRC) connection establishment.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the terminal device sends a random access preamble (Preamble) to the network device.
  • Preamble a random access preamble
  • S202a The network device sends a random access response (RAR) to the terminal device.
  • RAR random access response
  • the terminal device sends an RRC connection setup request message to the network device.
  • the network device sends an RRC connection setup message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends an RRC connection setup complete message to the network device.
  • steps S201a to S205a are, in order, the first message to the fifth message that the terminal device interacts with the network device in the initial access process shown in FIG. 2a.
  • the first four steps of Figure 2a are random access procedures.
  • Figure 2b is a signaling diagram of another initial access procedure according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the third message that the terminal device interacts with the network device in the initial access process is an RRC connection recovery request message, as shown in Figure 2b.
  • the initial access process includes the following steps.
  • S201b The terminal device sends a random access preamble to the network device.
  • S202b The network device sends a random access response message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends an RRC connection recovery request message to the network device.
  • the network device sends an RRC connection recovery message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends an RRC connection recovery complete message to the network device.
  • steps S201b to S205b are, in order, the first message to the fifth message that the terminal device interacts with the network device in the initial access process shown in FIG. 2b.
  • the first four steps of Figure 2b are random access procedures.
  • the initial access procedure shown in FIG. 2a is different from the initial access procedure shown in FIG. 2b in that, in the initial access procedure shown in FIG. 2a, step S203a sends an RRC connection setup request message to the network device for the terminal device, saying In the initial access procedure shown in FIG. 2a, the terminal device establishes an RRC connection with the network device for the first time, or the RRC connection established by the terminal device with the network device is released before the initial access procedure shown in FIG. 2a. In the initial access process shown in FIG. 2b, step S203b sends an RRC connection recovery request message to the network device for the terminal device. In this case, after the terminal device establishes an RRC connection with the network device, the network device determines the terminal device.
  • the network device suspends the terminal device (Suspend), that is, the network device releases the RRC connection with the terminal device, but the network device saves the context information of the terminal device, and the terminal device saves the network device configuration to the current terminal device.
  • RRC configuration information when the terminal device needs to transmit data, the terminal device sends an RRC connection recovery request message to the network device, so that the network device restores the RRC connection for the terminal device.
  • the RRC connection setup request message or the RRC connection recovery request message, but the third message that the terminal device interacts with the network device in the initial access process may be other messages, which is still applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a MAC PDU according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the format of a media access control protocol data unit (MAC PDU) used in a random access response is as shown in FIG. 2, and one is
  • the MAC PDU contains a MAC header, 0 or more MAC random access response (RAR) and optional padding; 1 MAC header contains one or more MAC PDU subheaders, and 1 MAC header may contain one
  • the backoff indicates the subheader; wherein, if the MAC header includes the backoff indication subheader, the subheader has only one, and the subheader is the first subheader in the MAC header; wherein, FIG. 3 is the MAC PDU subheader provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a subheader indicated by a backoff according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the structure of the subheader indicated by backoff is as shown in FIG. 4; “E” is used to indicate MAC. Whether the header contains more fields, if "E” is set to "1", it indicates that the E/T/RAPID field is followed by There is another E/T/RAPID field.
  • E is set to “0"
  • RAPID is a random access sequence identifier ( Random access preamble identifier)
  • T is used to indicate the type of subheader. If set to “0”, it indicates that the subheader contains a backoff indication. If set to "1”, the subheader is included with the RAPID; “R” is the reserved bit. , set to “0”.
  • BI is a backoff indicator (BI) field used to identify or determine the load of the previous cell. The BI occupies 4 bits.
  • the specific indication content is the backoff parameter values of Table 1. When the index (Index) is 13-15, the corresponding backoff parameter value is set to Reserved.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a MAC RAR according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the structure of the MAC RAR is as shown in FIG. 5, where R is a reserved bit and is set to "0"; Timing Advance Command indicates a timing advance value.
  • the index value TA(0,1,2...1282) is used to control the timing adjustment amount, which occupies 11 bits;
  • the UL Grant uplink grant
  • the Temporary C-RNTI radio network tempory identity
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a MAC RAR according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a MAC RAR according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the structure of the MAC RAR is as shown in FIG. 7 , and it is known that there are multiple reserved bits R, where If the latest PRACH enhanced coverage level of the terminal device is 2 or 3, the content of the random access response authorization is interpreted according to the CE ModeB.
  • the UL grant field in the MAC RAR is introduced.
  • the content of the UL grant field specifically includes Table 2.
  • Table 2 can be found in the introduction of the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) TS 36.213 V14.3.0 section 6.2.
  • the MCS is a modulation and coding scheme (MCS)
  • the TBS is a transport block size (TBS)
  • the TPC is a transmit power control (TPC)
  • the CSI is a channel state information (channel). State information, CSI).
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • TBS transport block size
  • TPC transmit power control
  • CSI channel state information
  • channel channel state information
  • CSI Channel State information
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Figure 8, the method includes:
  • the terminal device receives a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is a first transport block size (TBS) index or a A modulation and coding scheme (MCS) index.
  • TBS transport block size
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • the terminal device after the terminal device receives the system message sent by the network, the terminal device sends a random access preamble sequence to the network device; the network device receives the random access preamble sequence sent by the terminal device, and the network device sends the random access sequence to the terminal device.
  • An access response where the random access response includes a timing adjustment TA and an uplink scheduling resource (UL grant) allocated for the uplink information, where the uplink scheduling resource includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, the first index Is the first TBS index or the first MCS index.
  • the first index is the first MCS index when the terminal device is the CE ModeA terminal device, and the first index is the first TBS index when the terminal device is the CE ModeB terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, a transport block size (TBsize) of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response.
  • TBsize transport block size
  • the step 102 includes: the terminal device adopts a second query mode, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index.
  • step 102 includes:
  • the terminal device determines, according to a resource allocation field, a first physical resource number, where the first physical resource number is a physical resource number that the terminal device transmits uplink information, where the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a sub-carrier;
  • the terminal device determines, according to a field indicating the first index, a first index.
  • the terminal device determines, as the transport block size of the uplink information, a transport block size corresponding to the first physical resource number and the first index.
  • step 1023a specifically includes:
  • the terminal device queries, according to the first physical resource number and the first index, a size of a transport block corresponding to the first index and the first physical resource number in a transport block size (TBS).
  • TBS transport block size
  • the terminal device determines the size of the transport block that is queried, and is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the method of this embodiment further includes: determining, by the terminal device, that the transport block size of the uplink information is less than or equal to a preset bit value.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, the transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response.
  • the terminal device determines a physical resource block (PRB) according to the resource indication value indicated by the resource allocation field, where the first physical resource number is the terminal device.
  • PRB physical resource block
  • the resource indication value indicated by the resource allocation field is interpreted according to the following mapping relationship, and the first physical resource number is determined:
  • Resource indication value (RIV) indicated by the resource allocation field If Indicated by the resource allocation field among them, Indicates the starting resource block, L CRBs represents the length of the allocated resource block, and L CRBs ⁇ 1.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between RIV, RB START, and L CRBs according to an embodiment of the present application. According to the mapping relationship shown in FIG. 9, 0 to 15 in FIG. 9 are possible.
  • the value of the corresponding RIV is 1, 2, 3, and 6 of the corresponding possible first physical resources.
  • the possible first physical resource number may be determined to be 3 or 6.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index indicated by the field indicating the first index. Then, the terminal device queries the existing TBS table for the TBSize corresponding to the first physical resource number and the first index according to the first physical resource number and the first index. Furthermore, the terminal device can use the queried transport block size as the transport block size of the uplink information. Moreover, when the queried transport block size is less than or equal to the preset bit value, the terminal device determines that the queried transport block size is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the terminal device determines that the preset bit value is the transport block size of the uplink information; or, when the queried transport block size is greater than the preset bit value, the terminal device uses the TBS index. Performing a rollback until a transport block size less than or equal to the preset bit value is found, and the transport block size is used as the transport block size of the uplink information, and in this case, the number of physical resources used by the terminal device to keep the table lookup is performed. constant.
  • the preset bit value is 1000 bits.
  • the first physical resource number ranges from 1, 2, 3, and 6, and the corresponding first index is the first MCS index, and the first MCS index can be mapped to the first On a TBS index.
  • a mapping relationship between the first MCS index and the first TBS index is as shown in Table 16.
  • the mapping relationship can be determined by a modulation order.
  • Table 16 A mapping relationship between the first MCS index and the first TBS index
  • the corresponding first TBS index is in the range of 0 to 7, and the first TBS index is an integer. Then, the terminal device queries the corresponding TBSize in the TBS table according to the first physical resource number and the first TBS index.
  • the value of the first physical resource number is 1, 2, 3, and 6, and the first TBS index corresponding to the first MCS index ranges from 0 to 7, and is determined in the TBS table.
  • the range of the TBSize is as shown in Table 3.
  • the data of the corresponding TBSize is 712 bits.
  • the transport block size that can be configured for the uplink information of the CE ModeA terminal device is 712 bits at the maximum.
  • Table 3 ranges of TBSize for terminal devices of CE ModeA
  • the value range of the resource allocation field is as shown in Table 4a, and the different resource allocation fields correspond to different resource blocks. .
  • the first physical resource number ranges from 3 to 6, and the corresponding first index is the first TBS index, and the first TBS index ranges from 0 to 3, and the first The TBS index is an integer; the terminal device queries the corresponding TBSize in the TBS table according to the first physical resource number and the first TBS index, and the value range of the first physical resource is 3, 6, and The value of the first TBS index is in the range of 0 to 3.
  • the range of the TBSize determined in the TBS table is as shown in Table 4b.
  • the number of the first physical resource is 3, 6, and the first TBS index is taken.
  • the transport block size that can be configured for the uplink information of the CE ModeB terminal device is up to 328 bits.
  • FIG. 10 is a signaling diagram of a method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present application, for implementing the steps shown in FIG. 8. As shown in FIG. 10, the method includes:
  • the network device sends a random access response to the terminal device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding mode index.
  • step 101 in FIG. 8 refers to step 101 in FIG. 8 for details, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, a transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response.
  • S12 specifically includes:
  • the terminal device determines the first physical resource number according to the resource allocation field, where the first physical resource number is the physical resource number of the terminal device transmitting the uplink information, and the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a sub-carrier;
  • the terminal device determines the first index according to the field indicating the first index
  • the terminal device queries, according to the first physical resource number and the first index, a size of the transport block corresponding to the first index and the first physical resource number in the transport block size table;
  • the terminal device determines the queried transport block size, which is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • step 102 in FIG. 8 refers to step 102 in FIG. 8 for details, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device receives the random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding manner. And determining, by the terminal device, a transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index.
  • the transport block size of the uplink information may be queried in the transport block size table according to the first physical resource number corresponding to the resource allocation field and the first index indicated by the field indicating the first index.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of still another method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 11, the method includes:
  • the terminal device receives the random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding mode index.
  • the random access response further includes: a type indication field, where the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device receives the system message sent by the network, the terminal device sends a random access preamble sequence to the network device; the network device receives the random access preamble sequence sent by the terminal device, and the network device sends the random access sequence to the terminal device.
  • An access response where the random access response includes a timing adjustment TA, an uplink scheduling resource (UL grant) allocated for uplink information, and a type indication field, where the resource allocation field and the first index are included in the uplink scheduling resource.
  • the first index is a first TBS index or a first MCS index.
  • the first index is the first MCS index when the terminal device is the CE ModeA terminal device, and the first index is the first TBS index when the terminal device is the CE ModeB terminal device.
  • the type indication field is used to indicate that the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner, or determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the second query manner provided in FIG. 8 .
  • the terminal device determines that the number of the first physical resource number indicated by the resource allocation field in the UL grant is directly used to obtain the transport block size, that is, the terminal device adopts The second query mode determines the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner provided in this embodiment.
  • the terminal device adopts a first query manner, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index.
  • step 202 includes:
  • the terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field, the first physical resource number, where the first physical resource number is a physical resource number that the terminal device transmits the uplink information, where the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a sub-carrier;
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first physical resource number, the second physical resource number, where the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the first physical resource number;
  • the terminal device determines, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index.
  • the terminal device determines, as the transport block size of the uplink information, a transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index.
  • step 2014a includes:
  • the terminal device queries, according to the second physical resource number and the first index, a transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number in the transport block size table.
  • the terminal device determines the size of the transport block that is queried, and is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the method of this embodiment further includes: determining, by the terminal device, that the transport block size of the uplink information is less than or equal to a preset bit value.
  • the terminal device after receiving the random access response, uses the first query mode to determine the transport block of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index. size.
  • the terminal device determines the first physical resource number according to the resource indication value indicated by the resource allocation field.
  • the method for determining the first physical resource number may adopt the method of FIG. The method of determining the first physical resource number in step 102.
  • the terminal device determines the second physical resource number according to the first physical resource number, and the determined second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the first physical resource number.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the physical resource number mapping relationship, the second physical resource number corresponding to the first physical resource number, where the physical resource number mapping relationship includes the first physical resource number separately A corresponding one of the second physical resource numbers, and each of the first physical resource numbers is less than or equal to the second physical resource number corresponding to the first physical resource number.
  • the value of the second physical resource in the physical resource number mapping relationship used in this application is not limited.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index indicated by the field indicating the first index. Then, the terminal device queries the existing TBS table for the TBSize corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index according to the second physical resource number and the first index. Furthermore, the terminal device can use the queried transport block size as the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the terminal device determines that the queried transport block size is the transport block size of the uplink information; and when the queried transport block size is greater than the preset bit value, the terminal device Determining that the preset bit value is a transport block size of the uplink information; or, when the queried transport block size is greater than the preset bit value, the terminal device rewinds the TBS index until a transmission less than or equal to the preset bit value is found.
  • the block size is used as the transport block size of the uplink information, and in this case, the number of physical resources used by the terminal device to keep the table lookup does not change.
  • the preset bit value is 1000 bits.
  • the number of the first physical resource indicated by the resource allocation field may be 1, 2, 3, or 6.
  • the terminal device may re-determine the mapping relationship of the physical resource number to 1 -> 2, 2 -> 3, 3 -> 6,6 -> 8; further, when the terminal device determines that the number of the first physical resources is 1, the terminal device determines that the number of the second physical resources is 2, and then the terminal The device queries the TBS table to query the TBSize corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number, that is, the table number of the PRB is 2; when the terminal device determines that the number of the first physical resource number is 2, the terminal The device determines that the number of the second physical resources is 3, and then the terminal device queries the TBS table to query the TBSize corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number, that is, the number of PRBs is 3 for table lookup; the terminal device When determining that the number of the first physical resource number is 3, the terminal device determines that the number of the second physical resource number is 6,
  • TBSize that is, the number of PRBs is 6
  • the terminal device determines that the number of the first physical resources is 6, the terminal device determines that the number of the second physical resources is 8, and then the terminal device queries the TBS table, queries the first index and the first TBSize corresponding to the number of physical resources, that is, the number of PRBs used Check the table for 8.
  • the range of the TBSize that the terminal device can determine in the TBS table is as shown in Table 5, and the number of the first physical resource number is 1, 2, 3, and 6, and the number of the second physical resource is used.
  • the values of the first TBS index corresponding to the first MCS are 0 to 7, and the corresponding TBSize data is 968 bits.
  • the transport block size that can be configured for the uplink information of the CE ModeA terminal device is up to 968 bits.
  • Step 202 Range of TBSize determined for the terminal device of the CE ModeA
  • the number of the first physical resources indicated by the resource allocation field may be 1, 2, 3, and 6, and the terminal device may re-determine the mapping relationship of the physical resource number to 1— >2,2—>3,3—>6,6—>9.
  • the number of the first physical resources indicated by the resource allocation field may be 1, 2, 3, and 6, and the terminal device may re-determine the mapping relationship of the physical resource number to 1 to >2. 2—>4,3—>6,6—>9.
  • the value of the second physical resource in the physical resource number mapping relationship used in the present application is not limited.
  • the number of the first physical resource indicated by the resource allocation field may be 3 or 6.
  • the terminal device may re-determine the mapping relationship of the physical resource number to 3 -> 3, 6 ->8; when determining that the number of the first physical resources is 3, the terminal device determines that the number of the second physical resources is 3, and then the terminal device queries the TBS table, queries the first index and the first The TBSize corresponding to the number of physical resources, that is, the number of PRBs is 3; when the terminal device determines that the number of the first physical resources is 6, the terminal device determines that the number of the second physical resources is 8, and then The terminal device queries the TBS table to query the TBSize corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number, that is, the number of PRBs is 8 for table lookup.
  • the range of the TBSize that can be determined in the TBS table is as shown in Table 6. If the number of the first physical resources is 3 or 6, the number of the second physical resources is 3, 8. The value of the first TBS index is 0 to 3 for table lookup, and the corresponding TBSize data is up to 440 bits. Further, the transport block size that can be configured for the uplink information of the CE ModeB terminal device is up to 440 bits.
  • the number of the first physical resource indicated by the resource allocation field may be 3 or 6, and the terminal device may re-determine the mapping relationship of the physical resource number to 3 -> 6,6 —>9.
  • the value of the second physical resource in the mapping relationship between the number of physical resources used in the present application is not limited.
  • FIG. 12 is a signaling diagram of a method for determining a transport block size according to an embodiment of the present application, for implementing the steps shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 12, the method includes:
  • the terminal device receives a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding mode index.
  • the random access response further includes: a type indication field, where the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
  • step 201 in FIG. 11 refers to step 201 in FIG. 11 for details, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field, the first physical resource number, where the first physical resource number is a physical resource number that the terminal device transmits uplink information, where the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first physical resource number, a second physical resource number, where the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the first physical resource number;
  • the terminal device determines, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index.
  • the terminal device queries, according to the second physical resource number and the first index, a transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number in the transport block size table.
  • the terminal device determines the size of the transport block that is queried, and is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • steps S22-S26 refer to steps 2021-2025 of FIG. 11, and details are not described herein again.
  • the random access response is sent by the terminal device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation code.
  • the mode index is determined by the terminal device according to the resource allocation field, where the first physical resource number is the physical resource number of the terminal device transmitting the uplink information, and the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier; Determining, by the number of the first physical resources, the second physical resource number, wherein the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the first physical resource number; the terminal device determines the first index according to the field indicating the first index; and the terminal device is configured according to the second physical resource And the first index, in the transport block size table, query the transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number; the terminal device determines the queried transport block size, which is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the transport block size corresponding to the number of the physical resources because the number of the second physical resources is greater than or equal to the number of the first physical resources, so that the transport block size larger than the transport block size determined by the second query mode can be queried;
  • the maximum transport block size determined by a query mode is greater than the maximum transport block size determined by the second query mode.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining a transport block size according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 13, the method includes:
  • the terminal device receives a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding mode index.
  • the random access response further includes: a type indication field, where the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
  • step 201 in FIG. 11 refers to step 201 in FIG. 11 for details, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device adopts a first query manner, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index.
  • step 302 specifically includes:
  • the terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field, the second physical resource number, where the maximum value of the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to a maximum value of the first physical resource number corresponding to the resource allocation field, and the first physical
  • the number of resources is the number of physical resources that the terminal device transmits uplink information, and the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier;
  • the terminal device determines, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index.
  • the terminal device determines, as the transport block size of the uplink information, a transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index.
  • step 3023a includes:
  • the terminal device queries, according to the second physical resource number and the first index, a transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number in the transport block size table.
  • the terminal device determines the size of the transport block that is queried, and is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, the transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response by using the first query manner.
  • the method of this embodiment further includes: determining, by the terminal device, that the transport block size of the uplink information is less than or equal to a preset bit value.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field, the second physical resource number, where the maximum value of the second physical resource number needs to be greater than or equal to the first physical resource number corresponding to the resource allocation field.
  • the maximum value of the value may be determined.
  • the terminal device may determine the second physical resource number corresponding to the resource allocation field according to the mapping relationship between the resource allocation field and the second physical resource number.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the resource indication value indicated by the resource allocation field, the first physical resource number; where the method for determining the first physical resource number may use step 102 of FIG. 8 A method of determining the number of first physical resources.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index indicated by the field indicating the first index. Then, the terminal device queries the TBSize corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number in the existing TBS table according to the second physical resource number and the first index. Furthermore, the terminal device can use the queried transport block size as the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the terminal device determines that the queried transport block size is the transport block size of the uplink information; and when the queried transport block size is greater than the preset bit value, the terminal device Determining that the preset bit value is the transport block size of the uplink information; or, when the queried transport block size is greater than the preset bit value, the terminal device retracts the TBS index, Until a transport block size less than or equal to the preset bit value is found, and the transport block size is used as the transport block size of the uplink information, and in this case, the number of physical resources used by the terminal device to keep the table lookup does not change.
  • the preset bit value is 1000 bits.
  • the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner provided in this embodiment. Then, the terminal device can use any mapping relationship in Table 7-Table 10 to interpret the resource allocation field, and then determine the second physical resource number.
  • mapping relationship between the resource allocation field and the second physical resource number is not limited in this embodiment.
  • Table 7 Mapping relationship between resource allocation fields and the number of second physical resources
  • Table 8 shows the mapping relationship between the resource allocation field and the second physical resource number.
  • Table 9 Mapping relationship between resource allocation fields and the number of second physical resources
  • Table 10 Mapping relationship between resource allocation fields and the number of second physical resources
  • the number of the first physical resources indicated by the resource allocation field may be 1, 2, 3, and 6.
  • the terminal device may determine that the second physical resource number can be obtained by using the table 7. 4, 8; It can be known that the maximum value of the second physical resource can be 8 and the maximum value of the first physical resource can be 6 and 8 is greater than 6.
  • the range of the TBSize that can be determined in the TBS table is as shown in Table 11, and the number of the second physical resource number is 2, 4, and 8, and the first TBS index corresponding to the first MCS is taken.
  • the value is 0 to 7 for table lookup, and the corresponding TBSize data is up to 808 bits.
  • the transport block size that can be configured for the uplink information of the CE ModeA terminal device is up to 808 bits.
  • Step 11 of Table 31 determines the range of TBSize for the terminal device of CE ModeA.
  • FIG. 14 is a signaling diagram of another method for determining a transport block size according to an embodiment of the present application, for implementing the steps shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 14, the method includes:
  • the terminal device receives a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding mode index.
  • the random access response further includes: a type indication field, where the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
  • step 301 in FIG. 13 refers to step 301 in FIG. 13 for details, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field, the second physical resource number, where the second physical resource number The maximum value of the value is greater than or equal to the maximum value of the first physical resource number corresponding to the resource allocation field, where the first physical resource number is the physical resource number of the terminal device transmitting the uplink information, and the first physical resource is the physical resource block or the child.
  • Carrier wave
  • the terminal device determines, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index.
  • the terminal device queries, according to the second physical resource number and the first index, a transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number in the transport block size table.
  • the terminal device determines the size of the transport block that is queried, and is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • steps S32-S35 refer to steps 3021-3024 of FIG. 13, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device receives the random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding manner.
  • An index is determined by the terminal device according to the resource allocation field, where the maximum value of the second physical resource is greater than or equal to a maximum value of the first physical resource corresponding to the resource allocation field, and the first physical
  • the number of resources is the number of physical resources that the terminal device transmits the uplink information, and the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier; the terminal device determines the first index according to the field indicating the first index; and the terminal device determines the number of the second physical resource according to the second physical resource number
  • An index is used to query a transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number in the transport block size table; the terminal device determines the transport block size that is queried, and is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the resource allocation field is mapped to the second physical resource number, and the maximum value of the second physical resource number is required to be greater than or equal to the maximum value of the first physical resource number corresponding to the resource allocation field;
  • the number of physical resources and the first index, the size of the transport block corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number is queried in the transport block size table, because the maximum value of the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the resource allocation field.
  • the maximum value of the first physical resource number is determined, so that the maximum transport block size determined by the first query mode is greater than the maximum transport block size determined by the second query mode.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of still another method for determining a transport block size according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 15, the method includes:
  • the terminal device receives a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding mode index.
  • the random access response further includes: a type indication field, where the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
  • step 201 in FIG. 11 refers to step 201 in FIG. 11 for details, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device adopts a first query manner, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index.
  • step 402 specifically includes:
  • the terminal device determines, according to a field indicating the first index, a first index.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first index, a second index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, where the second index is greater than or equal to the first index;
  • the terminal device determines a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the step 4023a specifically includes:
  • the terminal device queries, according to the resource allocation field and the second index, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index in the transport block size table.
  • the terminal device determines the size of the transport block that is queried, and is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the method of this embodiment further includes: determining, by the terminal device, that the transport block size of the uplink information is less than or equal to a preset bit value.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, the transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response by using the first query manner.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index indicated by the field indicating the first index.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first index, a second index, where the determined second index is greater than or equal to the first index.
  • the first index is the first TBS index
  • the second index is the second TBS index
  • the first index is the first MCS index
  • the second index is the second MCS index.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the index mapping relationship, a second index corresponding to the first index, where the index mapping relationship includes a second index corresponding to the first index, and each A first index is less than or equal to a second index corresponding to the first index.
  • the value of the second index in the index mapping relationship used in this application is not limited.
  • the terminal device determines the first physical resource number according to the resource indication value indicated by the resource allocation field.
  • the method for determining the first physical resource number may adopt the method for determining the first physical resource number in step 102 of FIG. 8 .
  • the TBSize corresponding to the first physical resource number and the second index is queried in the transport block size table.
  • the terminal device can use the queried transport block size as the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the terminal device determines that the queried transport block size is the transport block size of the uplink information; and when the queried transport block size is greater than the preset bit value, the terminal device Determining that the preset bit value is a transport block size of the uplink information; or, when the queried transport block size is greater than the preset bit value, the terminal device rewinds the TBS index until a transmission less than or equal to the preset bit value is found.
  • the block size is used as the transport block size of the uplink information, and in this case, the number of physical resources used by the terminal device to keep the table lookup does not change.
  • the preset bit value is 1000 bits.
  • the number of the first physical resources indicated by the resource allocation field may be 1, 2, 3, and 6, the first MCS index is 0 to 7, and the terminal device will be the first.
  • the range of the TBSize that the terminal device can determine in the TBS table is as shown in Table 12.
  • the number of the first physical resource used by the terminal device is 1, 2, 3, and 6, and the TBS index is used. Look up the table for 8 ⁇ 14, The corresponding TBSize data is up to 1736 bits.
  • the preset bit value is 1000 bits, and thus the data of the TBSize is determined to be at most 936 bits.
  • Step 12 of Table 12 determines the range of TBSize for the terminal device of CE ModeA.
  • the number of the first physical resources indicated by the resource allocation field may be 3 or 6, and the first TBS index is 0 to 3, and the terminal device adds the first index.
  • the range of the TBSize that the terminal device can determine in the TBS table is as shown in Table 13.
  • the number of the first physical resource number of the terminal device is 3, 6, and the TBS index is 6-9.
  • the corresponding TBSize data is up to 936 bits.
  • the terminal device of the CE ModeB can limit the maximum TBSize of the uplink information to not exceed the preset bit value, for example, the preset bit value is 1000 bits.
  • FIG. 16 is a signaling diagram of still another method for determining a transport block size according to an embodiment of the present application. Used to implement the steps shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 16, the method includes:
  • the terminal device receives a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding mode index.
  • the random access response further includes: a type indication field, where the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
  • this step is referred to step 401 of FIG. 15 and will not be described again.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first index, a second index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, where the second index is greater than or equal to the first index.
  • the terminal device queries, according to the resource allocation field and the second index, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index in the transport block size table.
  • the terminal device determines the size of the transport block that is queried, and is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • steps S42-S45 refer to steps 4021-4024 of FIG. 15, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device receives the random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding manner.
  • An index is determined by the terminal device according to the field indicating the first index; the terminal device determines the second index according to the first index, where the second index is the second transport block size index or the second modulation and coding mode index, The second index is greater than or equal to the first index; the terminal device queries, in the transport block size table, the transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index according to the resource allocation field and the second index; the terminal device determines the size of the transport block that is queried , the transport block size for the upstream information.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 17, the method includes:
  • the terminal device receives a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding mode index.
  • the random access response further includes: a type indication field, where the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
  • step 201 in FIG. 11 refers to step 201 in FIG. 11 for details, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device adopts a first query manner, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index.
  • step 502 specifically includes:
  • the second index is determined according to the field indicating the first index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, and the second index is greater than or equal to the first index.
  • the terminal device determines, as the transport block size of the uplink information, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index.
  • step 5022a includes:
  • the terminal device queries, according to the resource allocation field and the second index, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index in the transport block size table.
  • the terminal device determines the size of the transport block that is queried, and is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the method of this embodiment further includes: determining, by the terminal device, that the transport block size of the uplink information is less than or equal to a preset bit value.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, the transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response by using the first query manner.
  • the terminal device determines the second index according to the field indicating the first index, and the second index is greater than or equal to the first index indicated by the field indicating the first index.
  • the first index is the first TBS index
  • the second index is the second TBS index
  • the first index is the first MCS index
  • the second index is the second MCS index.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the reserved bit in the UL grant, a status indicating a field indication of the first index.
  • the existing field indicating the MCS index includes 3 bits, which is b 2 b 1 b 0 , the reserved bit is R, and the combined field obtained is Rb 2 b 1 b 0 , when the R in the UL grant is set to At 1 o'clock, the state indicated by Rb 2 b 1 b 0 is 1000 to 1111, and the index of the corresponding MCS is 8 states of 8 to 17 in total.
  • the existing field indicating the MCS index includes 3 bits, which is b 2 b 1 b 0 , the reserved bits are R 1 and R 0 , and the combined fields obtained are R 1 R 0 b 2 b 1 b 0
  • R in the UL grant is set to 1
  • the state indicated by R 1 R 0 b 2 b 1 b 0 is 01000 to 11111
  • the index of the corresponding MCS is 8 to 31.
  • the existing field indicating the TBS index contains 2 bits, which is b 1 b 0 , the reserved bit is R, and the combined field is Rb 1 b 0 ; when the R in the UL grant is set When it is 1, the state indicated by Rb 1 b 0 is 100 to 111, and the index of the corresponding MCS is 4 to 7 in total.
  • the first MCS index is 0 to 7
  • the range of the second MCS index is 8 to 15, and the corresponding TBS index is 8 to 14, wherein the first The MCS, the second MCS index, and the TBS index are all integers
  • the first TBS index is 0 to 3
  • the joint encoded second TBS index is 4 to 7.
  • the first TBS index and the second TBS index are all integers.
  • the terminal device determines the first physical resource number according to the resource indication value indicated by the resource allocation field.
  • the method for determining the first physical resource number may adopt the method for determining the first physical resource number in step 102 of FIG. 8 .
  • the terminal device queries the TBSize corresponding to the first physical resource number and the second index in the transport block size table according to the first physical resource number and the second index.
  • the terminal device can use the queried transport block size as the transport block size of the uplink information. And, the size of the transport block that is queried is less than or equal to the preset bit value.
  • the terminal device determines that the queried transport block size is the transport block size of the uplink information; when the queried transport block size is greater than the preset bit value, the terminal device determines that the preset bit value is the transport block size of the uplink information; or When the queried transport block size is greater than the preset bit value, the terminal device rewinds the TBS index until a transport block size less than or equal to the preset bit value is found, and the transport block size is used as the transport block of the uplink information. Size, at the same time, in this case, the number of physical resources used by the terminal device to keep the table looked unchanged.
  • the preset bit value is 1000 bits.
  • the terminal device can determine, according to the field indicating the first index, that the second MCS index can be any one of 8 to 15, according to the terminal device of the CE ModeA.
  • the corresponding TBS index is 8 to 14.
  • the range of the TBSize that the terminal device can determine in the TBS table is as shown in Table 14.
  • the number of the first physical resource used by the terminal device is 1, 2, 3, and 6, and the TBS index is taken.
  • the value is 8 to 14 for table lookup, and the corresponding TBSize data is up to 1736 bits.
  • the terminal device of the CEModeA limits the maximum TBSize of the uplink information to not exceed the preset bit value, for example, the preset bit value is 1000 bits, and thus the data of the TBSize is determined to be at most 936 bits.
  • the terminal device can determine, according to the field indicating the first index, that the second TBS index can be any one of 4 to 7 for the terminal device of the CE ModeB. .
  • the range of the TBSize that can be determined by the terminal device in the TBS table is as shown in Table 15.
  • the number of the first physical resource used by the terminal device is 3, 6, and the value of the TBS index is 4 to 7 to check the table, the corresponding TBSize data is up to 712 bits.
  • the terminal device of the CE ModeB can limit the maximum TBSize of the uplink information to not exceed the preset bit value, for example, the preset bit value is 1000 bits.
  • FIG. 18 is a signaling diagram of another method for determining a transport block size according to an embodiment of the present application. Used to implement the steps shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 18, the method includes:
  • the terminal device receives a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding mode index.
  • the random access response further includes: a type indication field, where the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
  • step 501 in FIG. 17 refers to step 501 in FIG. 17 for details, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the field indicating the first index, the second index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, where the second index is greater than or equal to the first index.
  • the terminal device queries, according to the resource allocation field and the second index, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index in the transport block size table.
  • the terminal device determines the queried transport block size, which is a transport block size of the uplink information.
  • steps S52-S54 refer to steps 5021-5023 of FIG. 17, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device receives the random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding manner.
  • An index is determined by the terminal device according to the field indicating the first index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, and the second index is greater than or equal to the first index;
  • the resource allocation field and the second index query the transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index in the transport block size table; the terminal device determines the queried transport block size, which is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the size because the second index is greater than or equal to the first index, so that the transport block size larger than the transport block size determined by the second query mode can be queried; and the maximum transport block size determined by the first query mode is used. , greater than the maximum transport block size determined by the second query mode.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown As shown in 19, the method includes:
  • the network device sends a random access response to the terminal device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding mode index.
  • the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index are used by the terminal device to determine the transport block size of the uplink information, and the uplink information is scheduled by the random access response.
  • the random access response further includes: a type indication field
  • the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
  • FIG. 20 is a signaling diagram of another method for determining a transport block size according to an embodiment of the present application. Used to implement the steps shown in 19. As shown in FIG. 20, the method includes:
  • the network device sends a random access response to the terminal device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding mode index.
  • the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index are used by the terminal device to determine the transport block size of the uplink information, and the uplink information is scheduled by the random access response.
  • step 601 in FIG. 19 reference may be made to step 601 in FIG. 19, and details are not described herein again.
  • the random access response is sent to the terminal device by using the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation code.
  • the mode index, the resource allocation field, and the field indicating the first index are used by the terminal device to determine the transport block size of the uplink information, and the uplink information is scheduled by the random access response.
  • the first query mode in FIG. 11 to FIG. 18 may be adopted, and the transport block size of the uplink information is determined according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index. Therefore, the size of the transport block that can be queried by using the first query mode is greater than the transport block size determined by the second query mode; and the maximum transport block size determined by using the first query mode is greater than the maximum determined by using the second query mode. Transport block size.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 21, the terminal device includes:
  • the receiving module 71 is configured to receive a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation coding mode index ;
  • the determining module 72 is configured to determine, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, a transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response.
  • the determining module 72 is specifically configured to: the terminal device adopts a second query mode, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index.
  • the determining module 72 is specifically configured to:
  • the first physical resource number is a physical resource number that the terminal device transmits the uplink information, where the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a sub-carrier;
  • the receiving module 71 can perform step 101 of the method shown in FIG. 8, and the determining module 72 can perform step 202 of the method shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 21 can be used to perform the technical solution of the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 to FIG. 10 in the foregoing method, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device receives the random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding manner. And determining, by the terminal device, a transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index.
  • the first query mode in FIG. 11 to FIG. 18 may be adopted, and the transport block size of the uplink information is determined according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index. Therefore, the size of the transport block that can be queried by using the first query mode is greater than the transport block size determined by the second query mode; and the maximum transport block size determined by using the first query mode is greater than the maximum determined by using the second query mode. Transport block size.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of still another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 22, the terminal device includes:
  • the receiving module 81 is configured to receive a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding mode index ;
  • the determining module 82 determines, by using the first query mode, the transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index.
  • the random access response further includes: a type indication field, where the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
  • the terminal device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 22 can be used to perform the technical solution of the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 to FIG. 18 in the foregoing method, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device receives the random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding manner.
  • the terminal device adopts the first query mode, and determines the transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index.
  • the first query mode in FIG. 11 to FIG. 18 may be adopted, and the transport block size of the uplink information is determined according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index. Therefore, the size of the transport block that can be queried by using the first query mode is greater than the transport block size determined by the second query mode; and the maximum transport block size determined by using the first query mode is greater than the maximum determined by using the second query mode.
  • Transport block size is the size of the transport block that can be queried by using the first query mode.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of still another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the determining module 82 includes:
  • a first determining sub-module 821a configured to determine, according to a resource allocation field, a first physical resource number, where the first physical resource number is a physical resource number that the terminal device transmits uplink information, where the first physical resource is a physical resource block or Subcarrier
  • a second determining sub-module 822a configured to determine, according to the first physical resource number, a second physical resource number, where the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the first physical resource number;
  • a third determining submodule 823a configured to determine a first index according to a field indicating the first index
  • the fourth determining submodule 824a is configured to determine a transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the fourth determining submodule 824a is specifically configured to: query, according to the second physical resource number and the first index, the first index and the second physical resource number in the transport block size table The transport block size; the size of the transport block to be queried is determined as the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the first determining submodule 821a may perform the step 2021 of the method shown in FIG. 11, the second determining submodule 822a may perform the step 2022 of the method shown in FIG. 11, and the third determining submodule 823a may perform the method shown in FIG. Step 2023, the fourth determining sub-module 824a can perform steps 2024 and 2025 of the method shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 23 can be used to perform the technical solution of the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 to FIG. 12 in the foregoing method, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device receives the random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding manner.
  • the terminal device determines the first physical resource number according to the resource allocation field, where the first physical resource number is the physical resource number of the terminal device transmitting the uplink information, and the first physical resource is the physical resource block or the sub-carrier; Determining, by a physical resource number, a second physical resource number, where the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the first physical resource number; the terminal device determines the first index according to the field indicating the first index; and the terminal device is configured according to the second physical resource number And the first index, the transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number is queried in the transport block size table; the terminal device determines the queried transport block size, which is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the transport block size corresponding to the number of the physical resources because the number of the second physical resources is greater than or equal to the number of the first physical resources, so that the transport block size larger than the transport block size determined by the second query mode can be queried;
  • the maximum transport block size determined by a query mode is greater than the maximum transport block size determined by the second query mode.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the determining module 82 includes:
  • the fifth determining sub-module 821b is configured to determine, according to the resource allocation field, the second physical resource number, where the maximum value of the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the maximum value of the first physical resource number corresponding to the resource allocation field.
  • the value of the first physical resource is the number of physical resources that the terminal device transmits the uplink information, where the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier;
  • a sixth determining submodule 822b configured to determine a first index according to a field indicating the first index
  • the seventh determining submodule 823b is configured to determine a transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the seventh determining submodule 823b is specifically configured to: according to the second physical resource And the first index, in the transport block size table, query the transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number; determine the transport block size that is queried, and determine the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the fifth determining submodule 821b may perform step 3021 of the method shown in FIG. 13, the sixth determining submodule 822b may perform step 3022 of the method shown in FIG. 13, and the seventh determining submodule 823b may perform the method shown in FIG. Step 3023 and step 3024.
  • the terminal device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 24 can be used to perform the technical solution of the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 to FIG. 14 in the foregoing method, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device receives the random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding manner.
  • An index is determined by the terminal device according to the resource allocation field, where the maximum value of the second physical resource is greater than or equal to a maximum value of the first physical resource corresponding to the resource allocation field, and the first physical
  • the number of resources is the number of physical resources that the terminal device transmits the uplink information, and the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier; the terminal device determines the first index according to the field indicating the first index; and the terminal device determines the number of the second physical resource according to the second physical resource number
  • An index is used to query a transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number in the transport block size table; the terminal device determines the transport block size that is queried, and is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the resource allocation field is mapped to the second physical resource number, and the maximum value of the second physical resource number is required to be greater than or equal to the maximum value of the first physical resource number corresponding to the resource allocation field;
  • the number of physical resources and the first index, the size of the transport block corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number is queried in the transport block size table, because the maximum value of the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the resource allocation field.
  • the maximum value of the first physical resource number is determined, so that the maximum transport block size determined by the first query mode is greater than the maximum transport block size determined by the second query mode.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of still another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device includes:
  • the receiving module 81 is configured to receive a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding mode index ;
  • the determining module 82 determines, by using the first query mode, the transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index.
  • the determining module 82 includes:
  • An eighth determining submodule 821c configured to determine a first index according to a field indicating the first index
  • a ninth determining sub-module 822c configured to determine, according to the first index, a second index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation coding mode index, where the second index is greater than or equal to the first index;
  • the tenth determining submodule 823c is configured to determine a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the tenth determining submodule 823c is specifically configured to: query, according to the resource allocation field and the second index, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index in the transport block size table.
  • the size of the transport block to be queried is determined as the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the eighth determining submodule 821c may perform step 4021 of the method shown in FIG.
  • Block 822c may perform step 4022 of the method illustrated in FIG. 15, a tenth determination sub-module 823c that may perform steps 4023 and 4024 of the method illustrated in FIG.
  • the terminal device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 25 can be used to perform the technical solution of the embodiment shown in FIG. 15 to FIG. 16 in the foregoing method, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device receives the random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding manner.
  • An index is determined by the terminal device according to the field indicating the first index; the terminal device determines the second index according to the first index, where the second index is the second transport block size index or the second modulation and coding mode index, The second index is greater than or equal to the first index; the terminal device queries, in the transport block size table, the transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index according to the resource allocation field and the second index; the terminal device determines the size of the transport block that is queried , the transport block size for the upstream information.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of still another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the determining module 82 includes:
  • the eleventh determining sub-module 821d is configured to determine a second index according to the field indicating the first index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation coding mode index, where the second index is greater than or equal to the first index An index
  • the twelfth determining sub-module 822d is configured to determine a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the twelfth determining submodule 822d is specifically configured to: in the transport block size table, query a transport block corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index according to the resource allocation field and the second index. Size; determines the size of the transmitted transport block, which is the transport block size of the upstream information.
  • the eleventh determining sub-module 821d may perform step 5021 of the method shown in FIG. 17, and the twelfth determining sub-module 822d may perform step 5022 and step 5023 of the method shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 26 can be used to perform the technical solution of the embodiment shown in FIG. 17 to FIG. 18 in the foregoing method, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device receives the random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding manner.
  • An index is determined by the terminal device according to the field indicating the first index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, and the second index is greater than or equal to the first index;
  • the resource allocation field and the second index query the transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index in the transport block size table; the terminal device determines the queried transport block size, which is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the transport block size because the second index is greater than or equal to the first index, so that the transport block size larger than the transport block size determined by the second query mode can be queried; and, determined by the first query mode
  • the maximum transport block size is greater than the maximum transport block size determined by the second query mode.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 27, the network device includes:
  • the sending module 91 is configured to send a random access response to the terminal device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding manner
  • the index, the resource allocation field, and the field indicating the first index are used by the terminal device to determine the transport block size of the uplink information, and the uplink information is scheduled by the random access response.
  • the random access response further includes: a type indication field, where the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
  • the sending module 91 can execute step 6101 of the method shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 27 can be used to perform the technical solution of the embodiment shown in FIG. 19 to FIG. 20 in the foregoing method, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the random access response is sent to the terminal device by using the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation code.
  • the mode index, the resource allocation field, and the field indicating the first index are used by the terminal device to determine the transport block size of the uplink information, and the uplink information is scheduled by the random access response.
  • the first query mode in FIG. 11 to FIG. 18 may be adopted, and the transport block size of the uplink information is determined according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index. Therefore, the size of the transport block that can be queried by using the first query mode is greater than the transport block size determined by the second query mode; and the maximum transport block size determined by using the first query mode is greater than the maximum determined by using the second query mode. Transport block size.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 28, the terminal device may be configured to perform the actions or steps of the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 to FIG. 18.
  • the terminal device includes: a receiver 3011, a transmitter 3012, a processor 3013, and a memory 3014.
  • the receiver 3011 is configured to receive a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation coding mode index .
  • the processor 3013 is configured to determine, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, a transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response.
  • the memory 3014 is configured to store a program.
  • the processor 3013 is configured to: determine, by using the first query mode, the transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index. At this point, processor 3013 can perform the steps following the first step of the method illustrated in Figures 11-18.
  • the processor 3013 is configured to: determine, according to a resource allocation field, a first physical resource number, where the first physical resource number is a physical resource number that the terminal device transmits uplink information, where The physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier; and the second physical resource number is determined according to the first physical resource number, where The second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the first physical resource number; the first index is determined according to the field indicating the first index; and the transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index is determined as the transport block of the uplink information. size.
  • the processor, 3013 is specifically configured to: query, according to the second physical resource number and the first index, a transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number in the transport block size table; Determine the size of the transmitted transport block, which is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the processor 3013 can execute steps 2021-2025 of the method shown in FIG. 11, and can perform steps S22-S26 of the method shown in FIG. 12, and the processor 3013 can implement the functions of the determining module 82 in FIG.
  • the processor 3013 is configured to: determine, according to the resource allocation field, the second physical resource number, where the maximum value of the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the resource allocation field.
  • the maximum value of the first physical resource number, the first physical resource number is the physical resource number of the terminal device transmitting the uplink information, and the first physical resource is the physical resource block or the sub-carrier; determining the first according to the field indicating the first index Index; the transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index is determined as the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the processor 3013 is configured to: query, according to the second physical resource number and the first index, a transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number in the transport block size table; Determine the size of the transmitted transport block, which is the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the processor 3013 can execute steps 3021-3024 of the method shown in FIG. 13, and can perform steps S32-S35 of the method shown in FIG. 14, and the processor 3013 can implement the functions of the determining module 82 in FIG.
  • the processor 3013 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index; determine, according to the first index, the second index, where the second index is the second transmission The block size index or the second modulation coding mode index, the second index is greater than or equal to the first index; and the transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index is determined as the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the processor 3013 is configured to: query, according to the resource allocation field and the second index, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index in the transport block size table; determine the queried Transport block size, which is the transport block size of the upstream information.
  • the processor 3013 can execute steps 4021-4024 of the method shown in FIG. 15, and can perform steps S42-S45 of the method shown in FIG. 16, and the processor 3013 can implement the functions of the determining module 82 in FIG.
  • the processor 3013 is specifically configured to: determine, according to a field indicating the first index, the second index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation coding mode index The second index is greater than or equal to the first index; the transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index is determined as the transport block size of the uplink information.
  • the processor 3013 is configured to: query, according to the resource allocation field and the second index, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index in the transport block size table; determine the queried Transport block size, which is the transport block size of the upstream information.
  • the processor 3013 can execute steps 5021-5023 of the method shown in FIG. 17, and can perform steps S52-S54 of the method shown in FIG. 18, and the processor 3013 can implement the functions of the determining module 82 in FIG.
  • the random access response further includes: a type indication field, where the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
  • the terminal device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 28 can be used in the technical solution of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 to FIG. 18 or the program of each module in the embodiment shown in FIG. 21 to FIG. 26, and the implementation principle and technical effect are similar. , will not repeat them here.
  • the foregoing embodiments may refer to and learn from each other, the same or similar. The steps and nouns are not repeated.
  • the receiver 3011 and the transmitter 3012 can be connected to an antenna.
  • the receiver 3011 and the transmitter 3012 receive the information transmitted by the network device through the antenna, and send the information to the processor 3013 for processing.
  • the processor 3013 processes the data of the terminal device and transmits it to the network device through the transmitter 3012.
  • the memory 3014 is configured to store a program for implementing the above method embodiments, or the modules of the embodiment shown in FIG. 28, and the processor 3013 calls the program to perform the operations of the above method embodiments to implement the modules shown in FIG.
  • the above modules may be implemented by being embedded in a chip of the device in the form of an integrated circuit. And they can be implemented separately or integrated. That is, the above modules may be configured to implement one or more integrated circuits of the above method, such as: one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), or one or more microprocessors (digital singnal processor) , DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), and the like.
  • ASICs application specific integrated circuits
  • DSP digital singnal processor
  • FPGAs field programmable gate arrays
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic structural diagram of still another network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device can be used to perform the actions or steps of the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 27, the network device including a transmitter 3111, a receiver 3112, and a processor 3113.
  • the transmitter 3111 is configured to send a random access response to the terminal device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding manner
  • the index, the resource allocation field, and the field indicating the first index are used by the terminal device to determine the transport block size of the uplink information, and the uplink information is scheduled by the random access response.
  • the random access response further includes: a type indication field, where the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
  • the network device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 29 can be used in the technical solution of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 19 to FIG. 20 or the program of each module in the embodiment shown in FIG. 27, and the implementation principle and technical effect are similar. No longer.
  • the above embodiments may be referred to and referenced, and the same or similar steps and nouns are not repeatedly described.
  • the processor 3113 calls the program to perform the operations of the above method embodiments to implement the various modules shown in FIG.
  • the processor 3113 may also be a controller, and is represented as "controller/processor 3113" in FIG.
  • the transmitter 3111 and the receiver 3112 are configured to support transmission and reception of information between the network device and the terminal device in the above embodiment, and to support radio communication between the terminal device and other terminal devices.
  • the processor 3113 performs various functions for communicating with the terminal device.
  • the network device may further include a memory 3114 for storing program codes and data of the network device.
  • the network device can also include a communication interface 3115. Communication interface 3115 is used to support network devices to communicate with other network entities.
  • the processor 3113 such as a central processing unit (CPU), may also be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as one or more specific integrated circuits, or one or Multiple microprocessors, or one or more field programmable gate arrays, and the like.
  • the memory 3114 may be a memory or a general term for a plurality of storage elements.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that includes one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (eg, a solid state disk (SSD)) or the like.
  • a magnetic medium eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape
  • an optical medium eg, a DVD
  • a semiconductor medium eg, a solid state disk (SSD)

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the present application are a method and device for determining the size of a transmission block, the method comprising: a terminal device receives a random access response sent by a network device, the random access response comprising a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, the first index being a first transmission block size index or a first modulation and coding mode index; and the terminal device determines the size of a transmission block for uplink information scheduled by the random access response according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index. With the described method, a second query mode may be used, and the size of a transmission block for uplink information is queried in a transmission block size table according to first physical resource number corresponding to the resource allocation field and according to a first index indicated by the field indicating the first index. Thus, the terminal device, after receiving the random access response message, may determine the size of data that may be carried by uplink information to be sent, or in other words, determine the size of a transmission block for the uplink information.

Description

确定传输块大小的方法和设备Method and apparatus for determining transport block size 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术,尤其涉及一种确定传输块大小的方法和设备。The present application relates to communication technologies, and in particular, to a method and apparatus for determining a transport block size.
背景技术Background technique
随着通信技术发展,网络技术得到广泛应用,终端设备需要随时的接入到网络中,在终端设备接入到网络中的时候,终端设备需要与网络设备进行随机接入过程。With the development of communication technologies, network technologies are widely used. Terminal devices need to be connected to the network at any time. When the terminal devices access the network, the terminal devices need to perform random access procedures with the network devices.
现有技术中,随机接入的过程有如下两种。第一种为:终端设备向网络设备发送随机接入前导码;网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入响应消息;终端设备向网络设备发送RRC连接建立请求消息;网络设备向终端设备发送RRC连接设置消息。第二种为:终端设备向网络设备发送随机接入前导码;网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入响应消息;终端设备向网络设备发送RRC连接恢复请求消息;网络设备向终端设备发送RRC连接恢复消息。In the prior art, the process of random access has the following two types. The first type is: the terminal device sends a random access preamble to the network device; the network device sends a random access response message to the terminal device; the terminal device sends an RRC connection setup request message to the network device; the network device sends the RRC connection setup to the terminal device Message. The second type is: the terminal device sends a random access preamble to the network device; the network device sends a random access response message to the terminal device; the terminal device sends an RRC connection recovery request message to the network device; and the network device sends the RRC connection recovery to the terminal device. Message.
然而现有技术中,终端设备在接收到随机接入响应消息之后,需要确定待发送的上行信息可以携带的数据的大小,即确定上行信息的传输块大小,根据什么样的信息去确定出上行信息的传输块大小是一个需要解决的问题。However, in the prior art, after receiving the random access response message, the terminal device needs to determine the size of the data that can be carried by the uplink information to be sent, that is, determine the transport block size of the uplink information, and determine the uplink according to what kind of information. The transport block size of the information is a problem that needs to be solved.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种确定传输块大小的方法和设备,以确定上行信息的传输块大小。The present application provides a method and apparatus for determining a transport block size to determine a transport block size of uplink information.
第一方面,本申请提供一种确定传输块大小的方法,包括:In a first aspect, the application provides a method for determining a transport block size, including:
终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,所述随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,所述第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引;Receiving, by the terminal device, a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation coding mode index ;
所述终端设备根据所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段,确定所述随机接入响应所调度的上行信息的传输块大小。And determining, by the terminal device, a transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index.
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备根据所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段,确定所述随机接入响应所调度的上行信息的传输块大小,包括:In a possible design, the terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, a transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response, including:
所述终端设备采用第一查询方式,根据所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段,确定所述上行信息的传输块大小。The terminal device adopts a first query mode, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index.
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备采用第一查询方式,根据所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段,确定所述上行信息的传输块大小,包括:In a possible design, the terminal device adopts a first query mode, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, including:
所述终端设备根据所述资源分配字段,确定第一物理资源数,其中,所述第一物理资源数是所述终端设备传输所述上行信息的物理资源数,所述第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;The terminal device determines the first physical resource number according to the resource allocation field, where the first physical resource number is the physical resource number of the terminal device that transmits the uplink information, and the first physical resource is physical Resource block or subcarrier;
所述终端设备根据所述第一物理资源数,确定第二物理资源数,其中,所述第二物理资源数大于等于所述第一物理资源数;The terminal device determines the second physical resource number according to the first physical resource number, where the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the first physical resource number;
所述终端设备根据所述指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;Determining, by the terminal device, the first index according to the field indicating the first index;
所述终端设备将与所述第二物理资源数和所述第一索引对应的传输块大小,确定 为所述上行信息的传输块大小。Determining, by the terminal device, a transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index The transport block size for the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备将与所述第二物理资源数和所述第一索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小,包括:In a possible design, the terminal device determines the transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index as the transport block size of the uplink information, including:
所述终端设备根据所述第二物理资源数和所述第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与所述第一索引和所述第二物理资源数对应的传输块大小;The terminal device queries, according to the second physical resource number and the first index, a transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number in a transport block size table;
所述终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小,为所述上行信息的传输块大小。The terminal device determines the queried transport block size, which is the transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备采用第一查询方式,根据所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段,确定所述上行信息的传输块大小,包括:In a possible design, the terminal device adopts a first query mode, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, including:
所述终端设备根据所述资源分配字段,确定第二物理资源数,其中,所述第二物理资源数的取值最大值大于等于与所述资源分配字段对应的第一物理资源数的取值最大值,所述第一物理资源数是所述终端设备传输所述上行信息的物理资源数,所述第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;The terminal device determines the second physical resource number according to the resource allocation field, where the maximum value of the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the value of the first physical resource number corresponding to the resource allocation field. a maximum value, the first physical resource number is a physical resource number of the terminal device that transmits the uplink information, where the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier;
所述终端设备根据所述指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;Determining, by the terminal device, the first index according to the field indicating the first index;
所述终端设备将与所述第二物理资源数和所述第一索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小。And determining, by the terminal device, a transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备将与所述第二物理资源数和所述第一索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小,包括:In a possible design, the terminal device determines the transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index as the transport block size of the uplink information, including:
所述终端设备根据所述第二物理资源数和所述第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与所述第一索引和所述第二物理资源数对应的传输块大小;The terminal device queries, according to the second physical resource number and the first index, a transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number in a transport block size table;
所述终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小,为所述上行信息的传输块大小。The terminal device determines the queried transport block size, which is the transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备采用第一查询方式,根据所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段,确定所述上行信息的传输块大小,包括:In a possible design, the terminal device adopts a first query mode, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, including:
所述终端设备根据所述指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;Determining, by the terminal device, the first index according to the field indicating the first index;
所述终端设备根据所述第一索引,确定第二索引,其中,所述第二索引是第二传输块大小索引或者第二调制编码方式索引,所述第二索引大于或者等于所述第一索引;Determining, by the terminal device, the second index according to the first index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, where the second index is greater than or equal to the first index index;
所述终端设备将与所述资源分配字段和所述第二索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小。And determining, by the terminal device, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备将与所述资源分配字段和所述第二索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小,包括:In a possible design, the terminal device determines, as the transport block size of the uplink information, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index, including:
所述终端设备根据所述资源分配字段和所述第二索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与所述资源分配字段和所述第二索引对应的传输块大小;Determining, by the terminal device, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index in a transport block size table according to the resource allocation field and the second index;
所述终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小,为所述上行信息的传输块大小。The terminal device determines the queried transport block size, which is the transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备采用第一查询方式,根据所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段,确定所述上行信息的传输块大小,包括:In a possible design, the terminal device adopts a first query mode, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, including:
所述终端设备根据所述指示第一索引的字段,确定第二索引,其中,所述第二索引是第二传输块大小索引或者第二调制编码方式索引,所述第二索引大于或者等于所述第一索引;Determining, by the terminal device, the second index according to the field indicating the first index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, where the second index is greater than or equal to The first index;
所述终端设备将与所述资源分配字段和所述第二索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小。 And determining, by the terminal device, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备将与所述资源分配字段和所述第二索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小,包括:In a possible design, the terminal device determines, as the transport block size of the uplink information, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index, including:
所述终端设备根据所述资源分配字段和所述第二索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与所述资源分配字段和所述第二索引对应的传输块大小;Determining, by the terminal device, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index in a transport block size table according to the resource allocation field and the second index;
所述终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小,为所述上行信息的传输块大小。The terminal device determines the queried transport block size, which is the transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述随机接入响应中还包括:类型指示字段;In a possible design, the random access response further includes: a type indication field;
所述类型指示字段用于指示所述终端设备是否采用第一查询方式确定所述上行信息的传输块大小。The type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using a first query manner.
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备根据所述资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,确定所述随机接入响应所调度的上行信息的传输块大小,包括:In a possible design, the terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, a transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response, including:
所述终端设备采用第二查询方式,根据所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段,确定所述上行信息的传输块大小。The terminal device adopts a second query mode, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index.
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备采用第二查询方式,根据所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段,确定所述上行信息的传输块大小,包括:In a possible design, the terminal device uses a second query mode, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, including:
所述终端设备根据所述资源分配字段,确定第一物理资源数,其中,所述第一物理资源数是所述终端设备传输所述上行信息的物理资源数,所述第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;The terminal device determines the first physical resource number according to the resource allocation field, where the first physical resource number is the physical resource number of the terminal device that transmits the uplink information, and the first physical resource is physical Resource block or subcarrier;
所述终端设备根据所述指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;Determining, by the terminal device, the first index according to the field indicating the first index;
所述终端设备将与所述第一物理资源数和所述第一索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小。The terminal device determines, as the transport block size of the uplink information, a transport block size corresponding to the first physical resource number and the first index.
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备将与所述第一物理资源数和所述第一索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小,包括:In a possible design, the terminal device determines the transport block size corresponding to the first physical resource number and the first index as the transport block size of the uplink information, including:
所述终端设备根据所述第一物理资源数和所述第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与所述第一索引和所述第一物理资源数对应的传输块的大小;The terminal device queries, according to the first physical resource number and the first index, a size of a transport block corresponding to the first index and the first physical resource number in a transport block size table;
所述终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小,为所述上行信息的传输块大小。The terminal device determines the queried transport block size, which is the transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,采用第一查询方式确定的最大传输块大小,大于采用所述第二查询方式确定的最大传输块大小。In a possible design, the maximum transport block size determined by the first query mode is greater than the maximum transport block size determined by using the second query mode.
第二方面,本申请提供一种确定传输块大小的方法,包括:In a second aspect, the present application provides a method for determining a transport block size, including:
网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入响应,其中,所述随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,所述第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引,所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段用于所述终端设备确定上行信息的传输块大小,所述上行信息为所述随机接入响应所调度的。The network device sends a random access response to the terminal device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding manner And the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index are used by the terminal device to determine a transport block size of the uplink information, where the uplink information is scheduled by the random access response.
在一种可能的设计中,所述随机接入响应中还包括:类型指示字段;In a possible design, the random access response further includes: a type indication field;
所述类型指示字段用于指示所述终端设备是否采用第一查询方式确定所述上行信息的传输块大小。The type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using a first query manner.
第三方面,本申请提供一种终端设备,包括:In a third aspect, the application provides a terminal device, including:
接收模块,用于接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,所述随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,所述第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引; a receiving module, configured to receive a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation Encoding mode index;
确定模块,用于根据所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段,确定所述随机接入响应所调度的上行信息的传输块大小。And a determining module, configured to determine, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, a transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response.
在一种可能的设计中,所述确定模块,具体用于:In a possible design, the determining module is specifically configured to:
采用第一查询方式,根据所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段,确定所述上行信息的传输块大小。And determining, by using the first query mode, the transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index.
在一种可能的设计中,所述确定模块,包括:In a possible design, the determining module includes:
第一确定子模块,用于根据所述资源分配字段,确定第一物理资源数,其中,所述第一物理资源数是所述终端设备传输所述上行信息的物理资源数,所述第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;a first determining submodule, configured to determine, according to the resource allocation field, a first physical resource number, where the first physical resource number is a physical resource number that the terminal device transmits the uplink information, where the first A physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier;
第二确定子模块,用于根据所述第一物理资源数,确定第二物理资源数,其中,所述第二物理资源数大于等于所述第一物理资源数;a second determining submodule, configured to determine, according to the first physical resource number, a second physical resource number, where the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the first physical resource number;
第三确定子模块,用于根据所述指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;a third determining submodule, configured to determine, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index;
第四确定子模块,用于将与所述第二物理资源数和所述第一索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小。And a fourth determining submodule, configured to determine a transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第四确定子模块,具体用于:根据所述第二物理资源数和所述第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与所述第一索引和所述第二物理资源数对应的传输块大小;确定查询到的传输块大小,为所述上行信息的传输块大小。In a possible design, the fourth determining submodule is specifically configured to: query, according to the second physical resource number and the first index, the first index and the Determining a transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number; determining a transport block size that is queried, and determining a transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述确定模块,包括:In a possible design, the determining module includes:
第五确定子模块,用于根据所述资源分配字段,确定第二物理资源数,其中,所述第二物理资源数的取值最大值大于等于与所述资源分配字段对应的第一物理资源数的取值最大值,所述第一物理资源数是所述终端设备传输所述上行信息的物理资源数,所述第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;a fifth determining submodule, configured to determine, according to the resource allocation field, a second physical resource number, where a maximum value of the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to a first physical resource corresponding to the resource allocation field The maximum value of the number, the first physical resource number is the number of physical resources that the terminal device transmits the uplink information, and the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier;
第六确定子模块,用于根据所述指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;a sixth determining submodule, configured to determine, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index;
第七确定子模块,用于将与所述第二物理资源数和所述第一索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小。And a seventh determining submodule, configured to determine a transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第七确定子模块,具体用于:根据所述第二物理资源数和所述第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与所述第一索引和所述第二物理资源数对应的传输块大小;确定查询到的传输块大小,为所述上行信息的传输块大小。In a possible design, the seventh determining submodule is specifically configured to: query, according to the second physical resource number and the first index, the first index and the Determining a transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number; determining a transport block size that is queried, and determining a transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述确定模块,包括:In a possible design, the determining module includes:
第八确定子模块,用于根据所述指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;An eighth determining submodule, configured to determine, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index;
第九确定子模块,用于根据所述第一索引,确定第二索引,其中,所述第二索引是第二传输块大小索引或者第二调制编码方式索引,所述第二索引大于或者等于所述第一索引;a ninth determining submodule, configured to determine, according to the first index, a second index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, where the second index is greater than or equal to The first index;
第十确定子模块,用于将与所述资源分配字段和所述第二索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小。And a tenth determining submodule, configured to determine, as the transport block size of the uplink information, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第十确定子模块,具体用于:根据所述资源分配字段和所述第二索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与所述资源分配字段和所述第二索引对应的传输块大小;确定查询到的传输块大小,为所述上行信息的传输块大小。In a possible design, the tenth determining submodule is specifically configured to: query, according to the resource allocation field and the second index, a resource allocation field and the first in a transport block size table The transport block size corresponding to the second index; determining the transport block size that is queried, and the transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述确定模块,包括: In a possible design, the determining module includes:
第十一确定子模块,用于根据所述指示第一索引的字段,确定第二索引,其中,所述第二索引是第二传输块大小索引或者第二调制编码方式索引,所述第二索引大于或者等于所述第一索引;An eleventh determining submodule, configured to determine a second index according to the field indicating the first index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, and the second The index is greater than or equal to the first index;
第十二确定子模块,用于将与所述资源分配字段和所述第二索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小。And a twelfth determining submodule, configured to determine a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第十二确定子模块,具体用于:根据所述资源分配字段和所述第二索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与所述资源分配字段和所述第二索引对应的传输块大小;确定查询到的传输块大小,为所述上行信息的传输块大小。In a possible design, the twelfth determining submodule is specifically configured to: query, according to the resource allocation field and the second index, a resource allocation field and the The transport block size corresponding to the second index; determining the transport block size that is queried, and the transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述随机接入响应中还包括:类型指示字段;In a possible design, the random access response further includes: a type indication field;
所述类型指示字段用于指示所述终端设备是否采用第一查询方式确定所述上行信息的传输块大小。The type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using a first query manner.
在一种可能的设计中,所述确定模块,具体用于:In a possible design, the determining module is specifically configured to:
采用第二查询方式,根据所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段,确定所述上行信息的传输块大小。And determining, by using the second query mode, the transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index.
在一种可能的设计中,所述确定模块,具体用于:In a possible design, the determining module is specifically configured to:
根据所述资源分配字段,确定第一物理资源数,其中,所述第一物理资源数是所述终端设备传输所述上行信息的物理资源数,所述第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;Determining, according to the resource allocation field, a first physical resource number, where the first physical resource number is a physical resource number that the terminal device transmits the uplink information, where the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a sub- Carrier wave
根据所述指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;Determining a first index according to the field indicating the first index;
根据所述第一物理资源数和所述第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与所述第一索引和所述第一物理资源数对应的传输块的大小;Querying, according to the first physical resource number and the first index, a size of a transport block corresponding to the first index and the first physical resource number in a transport block size table;
确定查询到的传输块大小,为所述上行信息的传输块大小。Determining the queried transport block size is the transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,采用第一查询方式确定的最大传输块大小,大于采用所述第二查询方式确定的最大传输块大小。In a possible design, the maximum transport block size determined by the first query mode is greater than the maximum transport block size determined by using the second query mode.
第四方面,本申请提供一种网络设备,包括:In a fourth aspect, the application provides a network device, including:
发送模块,用于向终端设备发送随机接入响应,其中,所述随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,所述第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引,所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段用于所述终端设备确定上行信息的传输块大小,所述上行信息为所述随机接入响应所调度的。a sending module, configured to send a random access response to the terminal device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or the first a modulation coding mode index, where the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index are used by the terminal device to determine a transmission block size of the uplink information, where the uplink information is scheduled by the random access response.
在一种可能的设计中,所述随机接入响应中还包括:类型指示字段;In a possible design, the random access response further includes: a type indication field;
所述类型指示字段用于指示所述终端设备是否采用第一查询方式确定所述上行信息的传输块大小。The type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using a first query manner.
第五方面,本申请提供一种终端设备,包括:In a fifth aspect, the application provides a terminal device, including:
接收器和处理器;Receiver and processor;
所述接收器,用于接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,所述随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,所述第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引;The receiver is configured to receive a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a modulation coding mode index;
所述处理器,用于根据所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段,确定所述随机接入响应所调度的上行信息的传输块大小。 The processor is configured to determine, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, a transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理器,具体用于:In a possible design, the processor is specifically configured to:
采用第一查询方式,根据所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段,确定所述上行信息的传输块大小。And determining, by using the first query mode, the transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理器,具体用于:In a possible design, the processor is specifically configured to:
根据所述资源分配字段,确定第一物理资源数,其中,所述第一物理资源数是所述终端设备传输所述上行信息的物理资源数,所述第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;Determining, according to the resource allocation field, a first physical resource number, where the first physical resource number is a physical resource number that the terminal device transmits the uplink information, where the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a sub- Carrier wave
根据所述第一物理资源数,确定第二物理资源数,其中,所述第二物理资源数大于等于所述第一物理资源数;Determining, according to the first physical resource number, a second physical resource number, where the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the first physical resource number;
根据所述指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;Determining a first index according to the field indicating the first index;
将与所述第二物理资源数和所述第一索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小。And determining a transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理器,具体用于:In a possible design, the processor is specifically configured to:
根据所述第二物理资源数和所述第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与所述第一索引和所述第二物理资源数对应的传输块大小;Querying, according to the second physical resource number and the first index, a transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number in a transport block size table;
确定查询到的传输块大小,为所述上行信息的传输块大小。Determining the queried transport block size is the transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理器,具体用于:In a possible design, the processor is specifically configured to:
根据所述资源分配字段,确定第二物理资源数,其中,所述第二物理资源数的取值最大值大于等于与所述资源分配字段对应的第一物理资源数的取值最大值,所述第一物理资源数是所述终端设备传输所述上行信息的物理资源数,所述第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;And determining, according to the resource allocation field, a second physical resource number, where a maximum value of the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to a maximum value of the first physical resource number corresponding to the resource allocation field, where The first physical resource number is a physical resource number of the terminal device that transmits the uplink information, where the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier;
根据所述指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;Determining a first index according to the field indicating the first index;
将与所述第二物理资源数和所述第一索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小。And determining a transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理器,具体用于:In a possible design, the processor is specifically configured to:
根据所述第二物理资源数和所述第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与所述第一索引和所述第二物理资源数对应的传输块大小;Querying, according to the second physical resource number and the first index, a transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number in a transport block size table;
确定查询到的传输块大小,为所述上行信息的传输块大小。Determining the queried transport block size is the transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理器,具体用于:In a possible design, the processor is specifically configured to:
根据所述指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;Determining a first index according to the field indicating the first index;
根据所述第一索引,确定第二索引,其中,所述第二索引是第二传输块大小索引或者第二调制编码方式索引,所述第二索引大于或者等于所述第一索引;Determining, according to the first index, a second index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, where the second index is greater than or equal to the first index;
将与所述资源分配字段和所述第二索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小。The transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index is determined as the transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理器,具体用于:In a possible design, the processor is specifically configured to:
根据所述资源分配字段和所述第二索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与所述资源分配字段和所述第二索引对应的传输块大小;Querying, according to the resource allocation field and the second index, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index in a transport block size table;
确定查询到的传输块大小,为所述上行信息的传输块大小。Determining the queried transport block size is the transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理器,具体用于: In a possible design, the processor is specifically configured to:
根据所述指示第一索引的字段,确定第二索引,其中,所述第二索引是第二传输块大小索引或者第二调制编码方式索引,所述第二索引大于或者等于所述第一索引;Determining, according to the field indicating the first index, the second index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation coding mode index, where the second index is greater than or equal to the first index ;
将与所述资源分配字段和所述第二索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小。The transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index is determined as the transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理器,具体用于:In a possible design, the processor is specifically configured to:
根据所述资源分配字段和所述第二索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与所述资源分配字段和所述第二索引对应的传输块大小;Querying, according to the resource allocation field and the second index, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index in a transport block size table;
确定查询到的传输块大小,为所述上行信息的传输块大小。Determining the queried transport block size is the transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述随机接入响应中还包括:类型指示字段;In a possible design, the random access response further includes: a type indication field;
所述类型指示字段用于指示所述终端设备是否采用第一查询方式确定所述上行信息的传输块大小。The type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using a first query manner.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理器,具体用于:In a possible design, the processor is specifically configured to:
采用第二查询方式,根据所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段,确定所述上行信息的传输块大小。And determining, by using the second query mode, the transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理器,具体用于:In a possible design, the processor is specifically configured to:
根据所述资源分配字段,确定第一物理资源数,其中,所述第一物理资源数是所述终端设备传输所述上行信息的物理资源数,所述第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;Determining, according to the resource allocation field, a first physical resource number, where the first physical resource number is a physical resource number that the terminal device transmits the uplink information, where the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a sub- Carrier wave
根据所述指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;Determining a first index according to the field indicating the first index;
将与所述第一物理资源数和所述第一索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小。And determining a transport block size corresponding to the first physical resource number and the first index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理器,具体用于:In a possible design, the processor is specifically configured to:
根据所述第一物理资源数和所述第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与所述第一索引和所述第一物理资源数对应的传输块的大小;Querying, according to the first physical resource number and the first index, a size of a transport block corresponding to the first index and the first physical resource number in a transport block size table;
确定查询到的传输块大小,为所述上行信息的传输块大小。Determining the queried transport block size is the transport block size of the uplink information.
在一种可能的设计中,采用第一查询方式确定的最大传输块大小,大于采用所述第二查询方式确定的最大传输块大小。In a possible design, the maximum transport block size determined by the first query mode is greater than the maximum transport block size determined by using the second query mode.
第六方面,本申请提供一种网络设备,包括:In a sixth aspect, the application provides a network device, including:
发送器;Transmitter;
发送器,用于向终端设备发送随机接入响应,其中,所述随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,所述第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引,所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段用于所述终端设备确定上行信息的传输块大小,所述上行信息为所述随机接入响应所调度的。a transmitter, configured to send a random access response to the terminal device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or the first a modulation coding mode index, where the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index are used by the terminal device to determine a transmission block size of the uplink information, where the uplink information is scheduled by the random access response.
在一种可能的设计中,所述随机接入响应中还包括:类型指示字段;In a possible design, the random access response further includes: a type indication field;
所述类型指示字段用于指示所述终端设备是否采用第一查询方式确定所述上行信息的传输块大小。The type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using a first query manner.
第七方面,提供了一种终端设备,包括存储器和处理器,以及存储在所述存储器上可供所述处理器执行的计算机程序,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序实现以上第一方法的任一方法。 According to a seventh aspect, a terminal device includes a memory and a processor, and a computer program stored on the memory for execution by the processor, the processor executing the computer program to implement the first method Any method.
第八方面,提供了一种终端设备,包括用于执行以上第一方面的任一方法的至少一个处理元件或芯片。In an eighth aspect, a terminal device is provided, comprising at least one processing element or chip for performing any of the methods of the above first aspect.
第九方面,提供了一种程序,该程序在被处理器执行时用于执行以上第一方面的任一方法。In a ninth aspect, there is provided a program for performing any of the methods of the above first aspect when executed by a processor.
第十方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,包括第三方面的程序。In a tenth aspect, a computer readable storage medium is provided, comprising the program of the third aspect.
第十一方面,提供了一种终端设备,包括存储器和处理器,以及存储在所述存储器上可供所述处理器执行的计算机程序,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序实现以上第二方法的任一方法。In an eleventh aspect, a terminal device is provided, comprising a memory and a processor, and a computer program stored on the memory for execution by the processor, the processor executing the computer program to implement the above second method Any method.
第十二方面,提供了一种终端设备,包括用于执行以上第二方面的任一方法的至少一个处理元件或芯片。According to a twelfth aspect, there is provided a terminal device comprising at least one processing element or chip for performing any of the methods of the above second aspect.
第十三方面,提供了一种程序,该程序在被处理器执行时用于执行以上第二方面的任一方法。In a thirteenth aspect, there is provided a program for performing any of the methods of the above second aspect when executed by a processor.
第十四方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,包括第四方面的程序。In a fourteenth aspect, a computer readable storage medium is provided, comprising the program of the fourth aspect.
可见,在以上各个方面,通过终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引;终端设备根据资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,确定随机接入响应所调度的上行信息的传输块大小。可以采用第一查询方式,根据资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,确定上行信息的传输块大小。从而采用第一查询方式可以查询到的传输块大小,大于第二种查询方式所确定的传输块大小;并且,采用第一查询方式确定的最大传输块大小,大于采用第二查询方式确定的最大传输块大小。It can be seen that, in the foregoing aspects, the random access response sent by the network device is received by the terminal device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first And a modulation coding mode index; the terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, a transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response. The first query mode may be adopted, and the transport block size of the uplink information is determined according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index. Therefore, the size of the transport block that can be queried by using the first query mode is greater than the transport block size determined by the second query mode; and the maximum transport block size determined by using the first query mode is greater than the maximum determined by using the second query mode. Transport block size.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种应用场景示意图一;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram 1 of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图2为本申请实施例提供的MAC PDU的结构示意图;2 is a schematic structural diagram of a MAC PDU according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2a为本申请实施例示出的一种初始接入过程的信令图;2a is a signaling diagram of an initial access procedure according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2b为本申请实施例示出的另一种初始接入过程的信令图;FIG. 2b is a signaling diagram of another initial access procedure according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的MAC PDU subheader的结构示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a MAC PDU subheader according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的backoff指示的subheader的结构示意图;4 is a schematic structural diagram of a subheader indicated by a backoff according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图5为本申请实施例提供的MAC RAR的结构示意图一;FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a MAC RAR according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6为本申请实施例提供的MAC RAR的结构示意图二;FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a MAC RAR according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7为本申请实施例提供的MAC RAR的结构示意图三;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram 3 of a MAC RAR according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种确定传输块大小的方法的流程示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种RIV、RBSTART与LCRBs三者的映射关系的示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between RIV, RB START, and L CRBs according to an embodiment of the present disclosure ;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种确定传输块大小的方法的信令图;FIG. 10 is a signaling diagram of a method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图11为本申请实施例提供的又一种确定传输块大小的方法的流程示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of still another method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种确定传输块大小的方法的信令图;FIG. 12 is a signaling diagram of a method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图13为本申请实施例提供的另一种确定传输块大小的方法流程示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining a transport block size according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图14为本申请实施例提供的另一种确定传输块大小的方法的信令图;FIG. 14 is a signaling diagram of another method for determining a transport block size according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图15为本申请实施例提供的再一种确定传输块大小的方法流程示意图; FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of still another method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图16为本申请实施例提供的再一种确定传输块大小的方法的信令图;FIG. 16 is a signaling diagram of still another method for determining a transport block size according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图17为本申请实施例提供的其他一种确定传输块大小的方法流程示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图18为本申请实施例提供的其他一种确定传输块大小的方法的信令图;FIG. 18 is a signaling diagram of another method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图19为本申请实施例提供的其他又一种确定传输块大小的方法流程示意图;FIG. 19 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present application;
图20为本申请实施例提供的其他又一种确定传输块大小的方法的信令图;FIG. 20 is a signaling diagram of another method for determining a transport block size according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图21为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图;FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图22为本申请实施例提供的又一种终端设备的结构示意图;FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of still another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图23为本申请实施例提供的又一种终端设备的结构示意图;FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of still another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图24为本申请实施例提供的另一种终端设备的结构示意图;FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图25为本申请实施例提供的再一种终端设备的结构示意图;FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of still another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图26为本申请实施例提供的再一种终端设备的结构示意图;FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of still another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图27为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图;FIG. 27 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图28为本申请实施例提供的其他一种终端设备的结构示意图;FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图29为本申请实施例提供的又一种网络设备的结构示意图。FIG. 29 is a schematic structural diagram of still another network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请实施例应用于长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)***、或高级的长期演进(LTE advanced,LTE-A)***、或5G通信***或未来可能出现的其他***,以下对本申请中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。需要说明的是,当本申请实施例的方案应用于LTE***、或LTE-A***、或5G***或未来可能出现的其他***时,网络设备、终端设备的名称可能发生变化,但这并不影响本申请实施例方案的实施。The embodiments of the present application are applied to a long term evolution (LTE) system, or an advanced LTE advanced (LTE-A) system, or a 5G communication system, or other systems that may appear in the future. The terms are explained in order to be understood by those skilled in the art. It should be noted that when the solution of the embodiment of the present application is applied to an LTE system, or an LTE-A system, or a 5G system, or other systems that may appear in the future, the names of the network devices and the terminal devices may change, but this is not The implementation of the solution of the embodiment of the present application is affected.
1)终端设备(user equipment,UE),又称为终端、用户设备,是一种向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。常见的终端设备例如包括:手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,其中,可穿戴设备例如包括:智能手表、智能手环、计步器等。1) User equipment (UE), also known as a terminal and user equipment, is a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, an in-vehicle device, and the like. Common terminal devices include, for example, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a palmtop computer, a mobile internet device (MID), and a wearable device. The wearable device includes, for example, a smart watch, a smart wristband, and a step counter. And so on.
2)网络设备,又称为无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)设备是一种将终端设备接入到无线网络的设备,其包括各种通信制式中的网络设备,例如包括但不限于:基站、演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、网络设备控制器(base stationcontroller,BSC)、网络设备收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭网络设备(例如,home evolved NodeB,或Home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseband Unit,BBU)等。2) A network device, also known as a radio access network (RAN) device, is a device that accesses a terminal device to a wireless network, and includes network devices in various communication systems, including but not limited to : base station, evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), network device controller (BSC), network device transceiver Base transceiver station (BTS), home network equipment (for example, home evolved NodeB, or Home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), and the like.
3)网络设备,包括了各类频率制式的网络设备,例如包括但不限于:低频网络设备、高频网络设备。3) Network equipment, including network equipment of various frequency systems, including but not limited to: low frequency network equipment, high frequency network equipment.
4)“多个”是指两个或两个以上,其它量词与之类似。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。4) "Multiple" means two or more, and other quantifiers are similar. "and/or", describing the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that there are three cases where A exists separately, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists separately. The character "/" generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种应用场景示意图一。如图1所示的组网架构,主 要包括网络设备01和终端设备02,网络设备与终端设备通信;其中,网络设备可以包括一个或多个传输接收点(transport receive point,TRP),其中,每个小区下的TRP的管理可以由一个集中控制器负责。例如,可以由一个网络设备01和6个终端设备UE1、UE2、UE3、UE4、UE5和UE6组成一个通信***,在该通信***中,网络设备01发送调度消息给个终端设备UE1~UE6中的一个或多个;此外,终端设备UE4~UE6也可以组成另一个通信***,在该另一个通信***中,终端设备UE5可以发送调度信息给终端设备UE4和UE6中的一个或多个。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram 1 of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 1, the network architecture, the main To include the network device 01 and the terminal device 02, the network device communicates with the terminal device; wherein the network device may include one or more transport receive points (TRPs), wherein the management of the TRP under each cell may be A centralized controller is responsible. For example, a network device 01 and six terminal devices UE1, UE2, UE3, UE4, UE5 and UE6 may be combined to form a communication system, in which the network device 01 sends a scheduling message to the terminal devices UE1 to UE6. One or more; in addition, the terminal devices UE4 to UE6 may also constitute another communication system in which the terminal device UE5 may transmit scheduling information to one or more of the terminal devices UE4 and UE6.
其中,本申请实施例中的终端设备可以指接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。接入终端可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,LTE***中的终端,LTE-A***中的终端,5G网络中的终端等。The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may refer to an access terminal, a user unit, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, a user agent, or a user. Device. The access terminal may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), with wireless communication. Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminals in LTE systems, terminals in LTE-A systems, terminals in 5G networks, and the like.
本申请的各实施例涉及初始接入过程和随机接入过程。图2a为本申请实施例示出的一种初始接入过程的信令图,该初始接入过程中终端设备与网络设备交互的第三条消息为无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)连接建立请求消息,如图2a所示,初始接入过程包括如下步骤。Embodiments of the present application relate to an initial access procedure and a random access procedure. FIG. 2 is a signaling diagram of an initial access procedure according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. The third message that the terminal device interacts with the network device in the initial access process is a radio resource control (RRC) connection establishment. The request message, as shown in FIG. 2a, includes the following steps.
S201a、终端设备向网络设备发送随机接入前导码(Preamble)。S201a. The terminal device sends a random access preamble (Preamble) to the network device.
S202a、网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入响应消息(random access response,RAR)。S202a: The network device sends a random access response (RAR) to the terminal device.
S203a、终端设备向网络设备发送RRC连接建立请求消息。S203a. The terminal device sends an RRC connection setup request message to the network device.
S204a、网络设备向终端设备发送RRC连接设置消息。S204a. The network device sends an RRC connection setup message to the terminal device.
S205a、终端设备向网络设备发送RRC连接设置完成消息。S205a. The terminal device sends an RRC connection setup complete message to the network device.
上述步骤S201a至步骤S205a依次为,图2a示出的初始接入过程中终端设备与网络设备交互的第一条消息至第五条消息。其中,图2a的前四个步骤,为随机接入过程。The above steps S201a to S205a are, in order, the first message to the fifth message that the terminal device interacts with the network device in the initial access process shown in FIG. 2a. The first four steps of Figure 2a are random access procedures.
图2b为本申请实施例示出的另一种初始接入过程的信令图,该初始接入过程中终端设备与网络设备交互的第三条消息为RRC连接恢复请求消息,如图2b所示,初始接入过程包括如下步骤。Figure 2b is a signaling diagram of another initial access procedure according to an embodiment of the present application. The third message that the terminal device interacts with the network device in the initial access process is an RRC connection recovery request message, as shown in Figure 2b. The initial access process includes the following steps.
S201b、终端设备向网络设备发送随机接入前导码。S201b: The terminal device sends a random access preamble to the network device.
S202b、网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入响应消息。S202b: The network device sends a random access response message to the terminal device.
S203b、终端设备向网络设备发送RRC连接恢复请求消息。S203b. The terminal device sends an RRC connection recovery request message to the network device.
S204b、网络设备向终端设备发送RRC连接恢复消息。S204b. The network device sends an RRC connection recovery message to the terminal device.
S205b、终端设备向网络设备发送RRC连接恢复完成消息。S205b. The terminal device sends an RRC connection recovery complete message to the network device.
上述步骤S201b、至步骤S205b依次为,图2b示出的初始接入过程中终端设备与网络设备交互的第一条消息至第五条消息。其中,图2b的前四个步骤,为随机接入过程。The above steps S201b to S205b are, in order, the first message to the fifth message that the terminal device interacts with the network device in the initial access process shown in FIG. 2b. The first four steps of Figure 2b are random access procedures.
图2a示出的初始接入过程与图2b示出的初始接入过程的区别在于:图2a示出的初始接入过程中,步骤S203a为终端设备向网络设备发送RRC连接建立请求消息,说 明图2a示出的初始接入过程中终端设备首次与网络设备建立RRC连接,或者在图2a示出的初始接入过程之前终端设备与网络设备建立的RRC连接被释放。图2b示出的初始接入过程中,步骤S203b为终端设备向网络设备发送RRC连接恢复请求消息,这时,说明终端设备在上一次与网络设备建立RRC连接之后,当网络设备判断出终端设备不需要传输数据时,网络设备将终端设备挂起(Suspend),即网络设备释放与终端设备的RRC连接,但是网络设备保存终端设备的上下文信息,并且终端设备保存网络设备配置给当前终端设备的RRC配置信息;当终端设备需要传输数据时,终端设备向网络设备发送RRC连接恢复请求消息,进而使得网络设备为终端设备恢复RRC连接。图2b相比于图2a示出的初始接入过程,图2b示出的初始接入过程减少了网络设备与终端设备建立RRC连接的时间开销、以及信令开销。The initial access procedure shown in FIG. 2a is different from the initial access procedure shown in FIG. 2b in that, in the initial access procedure shown in FIG. 2a, step S203a sends an RRC connection setup request message to the network device for the terminal device, saying In the initial access procedure shown in FIG. 2a, the terminal device establishes an RRC connection with the network device for the first time, or the RRC connection established by the terminal device with the network device is released before the initial access procedure shown in FIG. 2a. In the initial access process shown in FIG. 2b, step S203b sends an RRC connection recovery request message to the network device for the terminal device. In this case, after the terminal device establishes an RRC connection with the network device, the network device determines the terminal device. When the data is not required to be transmitted, the network device suspends the terminal device (Suspend), that is, the network device releases the RRC connection with the terminal device, but the network device saves the context information of the terminal device, and the terminal device saves the network device configuration to the current terminal device. RRC configuration information; when the terminal device needs to transmit data, the terminal device sends an RRC connection recovery request message to the network device, so that the network device restores the RRC connection for the terminal device. 2b Compared to the initial access procedure illustrated in FIG. 2a, the initial access procedure illustrated in FIG. 2b reduces the time overhead and signaling overhead for the network device to establish an RRC connection with the terminal device.
需要说明的是,上述初始接入过程中终端设备与网络设备交互的第三条消息为It should be noted that the third message that the terminal device interacts with the network device in the initial access process is
RRC连接建立请求消息或RRC连接恢复请求消息,但随着***的演进,初始接入过程中终端设备与网络设备交互的第三条消息可能为其他消息,此时仍适用于本申请实施例提供的技术方案。The RRC connection setup request message or the RRC connection recovery request message, but the third message that the terminal device interacts with the network device in the initial access process may be other messages, which is still applicable to the embodiment of the present application. Technical solution.
图2为本申请实施例提供的MAC PDU的结构示意图,随机接入响应中采用的媒体接入控制协议数据单元(media access control protocol data unit,MAC PDU)的格式如图2所示,1个MAC PDU 包含一个 MAC header、0或多个MAC随机接入响应(random access response,RAR)及可选的填充部分;1个MAC header包含一个或者多个MAC PDU subheader,1个MAC header 可能包含一个backoff指示subheader;其中,如果该MAC header包括该backoff指示 subheader,则该subheader只有一个,且该subheader是MAC header中的第一个subheader;其中,图3为本申请实施例提供的MAC PDU subheader的结构示意图,MAC PDU subheader的结构如图3所示,图4为本申请实施例提供的backoff指示的subheader的结构示意图,backoff指示的subheader的结构如图4所示;“E”用于指示 MAC header中是否包含更多的字段,如果“E”置为“1”则指示该E/T/RAPID字段后面至少有另外一个E/T/RAPID字段,如果“E”置为“0”则指示该E/T/RAPID字段后面的字节是MAC RAR或者填充内容,其中,RAPID为随机接入序列标识符(random access preamble identifier);“T”用于指示subheader的类型,如果置为“0”则指示该subheader包含backoff指示,如果置为“1”则指示该subheader包括RAPID;“R”是预留比特,置为“0”。“BI”,为回退指示(backoff indicator,BI)字段,用来识别或者确定但前小区的负载,BI占用4bits,具体指示内容为表1回退参数值(backoff parameter values),在表1中,索引(Index)为13-15的时候,对应的回退参数值设置为预留的(Reserved)。2 is a schematic structural diagram of a MAC PDU according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. The format of a media access control protocol data unit (MAC PDU) used in a random access response is as shown in FIG. 2, and one is The MAC PDU contains a MAC header, 0 or more MAC random access response (RAR) and optional padding; 1 MAC header contains one or more MAC PDU subheaders, and 1 MAC header may contain one The backoff indicates the subheader; wherein, if the MAC header includes the backoff indication subheader, the subheader has only one, and the subheader is the first subheader in the MAC header; wherein, FIG. 3 is the MAC PDU subheader provided by the embodiment of the present application. The structure of the MAC PDU subheader is as shown in FIG. 3 . FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a subheader indicated by a backoff according to an embodiment of the present application. The structure of the subheader indicated by backoff is as shown in FIG. 4; “E” is used to indicate MAC. Whether the header contains more fields, if "E" is set to "1", it indicates that the E/T/RAPID field is followed by There is another E/T/RAPID field. If "E" is set to "0", it indicates that the byte following the E/T/RAPID field is MAC RAR or padding content, where RAPID is a random access sequence identifier ( Random access preamble identifier); "T" is used to indicate the type of subheader. If set to "0", it indicates that the subheader contains a backoff indication. If set to "1", the subheader is included with the RAPID; "R" is the reserved bit. , set to "0". "BI" is a backoff indicator (BI) field used to identify or determine the load of the previous cell. The BI occupies 4 bits. The specific indication content is the backoff parameter values of Table 1. When the index (Index) is 13-15, the corresponding backoff parameter value is set to Reserved.
表1回退参数值Table 1 backoff parameter values
IndexIndex backoff parameter values (单位:毫秒)Backoff parameter values (unit: milliseconds)
00 00
11 1010
22 2020
33 3030
44 4040
55 6060
66 8080
77 120120
88 160160
99 240240
1010 320320
1111 480480
1212 960960
1313 ReservedReserved
1414 Reserved Reserved
1515 ReservedReserved
然后,图5为本申请实施例提供的MAC RAR的结构示意图一,MAC RAR的结构如图5所示,其中,R为预留比特位,置为"0";Timing Advance Command指示定时提前值的索引值TA(0,1,2…1282),用于控制定时调整量,占用11bits;UL Grant(uplink grant)指示用于上行传输的资源;Temporary C-RNTI(radio network tempory identity)指示临时的无线网络临时标识。举例来说,图6为本申请实施例提供的MAC RAR的结构示意图二,对于物理随机接入信道(physical random access channel,PRACH)增强覆盖等级2/3(PRACH enhanced coverage level 2 or 3)的终端设备来说,MAC RAR的结构如图6所示,可知,具有一个预留比特位R,其中,如果终端设备最新的PRACH增强覆盖等级为0或1,则随机接入响应授权的内容根据CE ModeA进行解释。;图7为本申请实施例提供的MAC RAR的结构示意图三,对于NB-IoT的终端设备来说,MAC RAR的结构如图7所示,可知,具有多个预留比特位R,其中,如果终端设备最新的PRACH增强覆盖等级为2或3,则随机接入响应授权的内容根据CE ModeB进行解释。5 is a schematic structural diagram of a MAC RAR according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. The structure of the MAC RAR is as shown in FIG. 5, where R is a reserved bit and is set to "0"; Timing Advance Command indicates a timing advance value. The index value TA(0,1,2...1282) is used to control the timing adjustment amount, which occupies 11 bits; the UL Grant (uplink grant) indicates the resource used for uplink transmission; the Temporary C-RNTI (radio network tempory identity) indicates the temporary Wireless network temporary identity. For example, FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a MAC RAR according to an embodiment of the present application. For a physical random access channel (PRACH) enhanced coverage level 2/3 (PRACH enhanced coverage level 2 or 3) For the terminal device, the structure of the MAC RAR is as shown in FIG. 6. It can be seen that there is a reserved bit R, wherein if the latest PRACH enhanced coverage level of the terminal device is 0 or 1, the content of the random access response authorization is based on CE ModeA explains. FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a MAC RAR according to an embodiment of the present application. For a terminal device of the NB-IoT, the structure of the MAC RAR is as shown in FIG. 7 , and it is known that there are multiple reserved bits R, where If the latest PRACH enhanced coverage level of the terminal device is 2 or 3, the content of the random access response authorization is interpreted according to the CE ModeB.
针对于图5-图7来说,介绍下MAC RAR中的UL grant字段,UL grant字段具体包含的内容如表2所示。表2可以参见,第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)TS 36.213 V14.3.0 section 6.2的介绍。For the purposes of FIG. 5 to FIG. 7, the UL grant field in the MAC RAR is introduced. The content of the UL grant field specifically includes Table 2. Table 2 can be found in the introduction of the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) TS 36.213 V14.3.0 section 6.2.
表2 UL grant字段具体包含的内容Table 2 Contents of the UL grant field
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000002
其中,MCS为调制与编码方式(modulation and coding scheme,MCS),TBS为传输块大小(transport block size,TBS),TPC为发送功率控制(transmit power control,TPC)、CSI为信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI)。在表2中针对于CE ModeA终端设备、CE ModeB终端设备,每一个参数具有不同的比特值。The MCS is a modulation and coding scheme (MCS), the TBS is a transport block size (TBS), the TPC is a transmit power control (TPC), and the CSI is a channel state information (channel). State information, CSI). In Table 2, for CE ModeA terminal equipment and CE ModeB terminal equipment, each parameter has a different bit value.
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种确定传输块大小的方法的流程示意图。如图8所示,该方法包括:FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Figure 8, the method includes:
101、终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小(transport block size,TBS)索引或者第一调制编码方式(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)索引。101. The terminal device receives a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is a first transport block size (TBS) index or a A modulation and coding scheme (MCS) index.
在本实施例中,在终端设备接收到网络发送的***消息之后,终端设备向网络设备发送随机接入前导序列;网络设备接收终端设备发送的随机接入前导序列,网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入响应,其中,随机接入响应包括定时调整TA以及为上行信息分配的上行调度资源(UL grant),在该上行调度资源中包括了资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一TBS索引或者第一MCS索引。其中,在终端设备为CE ModeA终端设备时,第一索引是第一MCS索引;在终端设备为CE ModeB终端设备时,第一索引是第一TBS索引。In this embodiment, after the terminal device receives the system message sent by the network, the terminal device sends a random access preamble sequence to the network device; the network device receives the random access preamble sequence sent by the terminal device, and the network device sends the random access sequence to the terminal device. An access response, where the random access response includes a timing adjustment TA and an uplink scheduling resource (UL grant) allocated for the uplink information, where the uplink scheduling resource includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, the first index Is the first TBS index or the first MCS index. The first index is the first MCS index when the terminal device is the CE ModeA terminal device, and the first index is the first TBS index when the terminal device is the CE ModeB terminal device.
102、终端设备根据资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,确定随机接入响应所调度的上行信息的传输块大小(transport block size,TBsize)。102. The terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, a transport block size (TBsize) of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response.
在可选的一种实施方式中,步骤102具体包括:终端设备采用第二查询方式,根据资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,确定上行信息的传输块大小。In an optional implementation manner, the step 102 includes: the terminal device adopts a second query mode, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index.
具体的,步骤102包括:Specifically, step 102 includes:
1021、终端设备根据资源分配字段,确定第一物理资源数,其中,第一物理资源数是终端设备传输上行信息的物理资源数,第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;1021. The terminal device determines, according to a resource allocation field, a first physical resource number, where the first physical resource number is a physical resource number that the terminal device transmits uplink information, where the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a sub-carrier;
1022、终端设备根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;1022. The terminal device determines, according to a field indicating the first index, a first index.
1023a、终端设备将与第一物理资源数和第一索引对应的传输块大小,确定为上行信息的传输块大小。1023a. The terminal device determines, as the transport block size of the uplink information, a transport block size corresponding to the first physical resource number and the first index.
在可选的一种实施方式中,步骤1023a,具体包括:In an optional implementation manner, step 1023a specifically includes:
1023、终端设备根据第一物理资源数和第一索引,在传输块大小表格(transport block size,TBS)中查询与第一索引和第一物理资源数对应的传输块的大小;1023. The terminal device queries, according to the first physical resource number and the first index, a size of a transport block corresponding to the first index and the first physical resource number in a transport block size (TBS).
1024、终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。1024. The terminal device determines the size of the transport block that is queried, and is the transport block size of the uplink information.
在可选的一种实施方式中,本实施例的方法,还包括:终端设备确定上行信息的传输块大小小于等于预设比特值。In an optional implementation manner, the method of this embodiment further includes: determining, by the terminal device, that the transport block size of the uplink information is less than or equal to a preset bit value.
在本实施例中,终端设备接收到随机接入响应之后,终端设备根据资源分配字段以及指示第一索引的字段,确定出随机接入响应所调度的上行信息的传输块大小。In this embodiment, after the terminal device receives the random access response, the terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, the transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response.
具体来说,终端设备接收到随机接入响应之后,终端设备根据资源分配字段指示 的资源指示值,确定第一物理资源数(physical resource block,PRB),其中,第一物理资源数是终端设备传输上行信息的物理资源数,第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波。这里,当第一物理资源是物理资源块时,根据如下映射关系去解读资源分配字段指示的资源指示值,确定第一物理资源数:若
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000003
则资源分配字段指示的资源指示值(resource indication value,RIV)
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000005
则资源分配字段指示的
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000006
其中,
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000007
表示起始资源块,LCRBs表示分配的资源块的长度,且LCRBs≥1。举例来说,图9为本申请实施例提供的一种RIV、RBSTART与LCRBs三者的映射关系的示意图,根据图9所示的映射关系可以得到,图9中的0~15为可能的RIV取值,则相应的可能的第一物理资源数的取值为1、2、3、6。再举例来说,针对于CE ModeB的终端设备,相应的,可以确定出可能的第一物理资源数的取值为3、6。
Specifically, after the terminal device receives the random access response, the terminal device determines a physical resource block (PRB) according to the resource indication value indicated by the resource allocation field, where the first physical resource number is the terminal device. The number of physical resources for transmitting uplink information, where the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier. Here, when the first physical resource is a physical resource block, the resource indication value indicated by the resource allocation field is interpreted according to the following mapping relationship, and the first physical resource number is determined:
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000003
Resource indication value (RIV) indicated by the resource allocation field
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000004
If
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000005
Indicated by the resource allocation field
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000006
among them,
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000007
Indicates the starting resource block, L CRBs represents the length of the allocated resource block, and L CRBs ≥1. For example, FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between RIV, RB START, and L CRBs according to an embodiment of the present application. According to the mapping relationship shown in FIG. 9, 0 to 15 in FIG. 9 are possible. The value of the corresponding RIV is 1, 2, 3, and 6 of the corresponding possible first physical resources. For example, for the terminal device of the CE ModeB, correspondingly, the possible first physical resource number may be determined to be 3 or 6.
然后,终端设备根据指示第一索引的字段,确定该指示第一索引的字段所指示的第一索引。然后,终端设备根据第一物理资源数和第一索引,在现有的TBS表格中查询与第一物理资源数和第一索引对应的TBSize。进而,终端设备可以将查询到的传输块大小,作为上行信息的传输块大小。并且,在查询到的传输块大小小于等于预设比特值时,终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小为上行信息的传输块大小。在查询到的传输块大小大于预设比特值时,终端设备确定预设比特值为上行信息的传输块大小;或者,在查询到的传输块大小大于预设比特值时,终端设备将TBS索引进行回退,直至查找到一个小于等于预设比特值的传输块大小,并将该传输块大小作为上行信息的传输块大小,同时,这种情况下,终端设备保持查表所用的物理资源数不变。在可选的一种实施方式中,预设比特值为1000比特。Then, the terminal device determines, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index indicated by the field indicating the first index. Then, the terminal device queries the existing TBS table for the TBSize corresponding to the first physical resource number and the first index according to the first physical resource number and the first index. Furthermore, the terminal device can use the queried transport block size as the transport block size of the uplink information. Moreover, when the queried transport block size is less than or equal to the preset bit value, the terminal device determines that the queried transport block size is the transport block size of the uplink information. When the queried transport block size is greater than the preset bit value, the terminal device determines that the preset bit value is the transport block size of the uplink information; or, when the queried transport block size is greater than the preset bit value, the terminal device uses the TBS index. Performing a rollback until a transport block size less than or equal to the preset bit value is found, and the transport block size is used as the transport block size of the uplink information, and in this case, the number of physical resources used by the terminal device to keep the table lookup is performed. constant. In an optional embodiment, the preset bit value is 1000 bits.
举例来说,针对于CE ModeA的终端设备,第一物理资源数的取值范围为1、2、3、6,对应的第一索引为第一MCS索引,可以将第一MCS索引映射到第一TBS索引上。For example, for the terminal device of the CE ModeA, the first physical resource number ranges from 1, 2, 3, and 6, and the corresponding first index is the first MCS index, and the first MCS index can be mapped to the first On a TBS index.
在可选一种实施方式中,第一MCS索引与第一TBS索引的一种映射关系如表16所示。其中,该映射关系,可以通过一个调制阶数(Modulation Order)来确定。In an optional implementation manner, a mapping relationship between the first MCS index and the first TBS index is as shown in Table 16. The mapping relationship can be determined by a modulation order.
表16第一MCS索引与第一TBS索引的一种映射关系 Table 16: A mapping relationship between the first MCS index and the first TBS index
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000008
则对应的第一TBS索引的取值范围为0~7,且第一TBS索引为整数;然后终端设备根据第一物理资源数和第一TBS索引,在TBS表格中查询出对应的TBSize,可知,由于规定了第一物理资源数的取值范围为1、2、3、6,且与第一MCS索引对应的第一TBS索引的取值范围为0~7,在TBS表格中确定出的TBSize的范围如表3所示,在第一物理资源数的个数取值1、2、3、6,第一TBS索引的取值为0~7时,对应的TBSize的数据最大为712比特。进而能为CE ModeA的终端设备的上行信息配置的传输块大小最大为712比特。The corresponding first TBS index is in the range of 0 to 7, and the first TBS index is an integer. Then, the terminal device queries the corresponding TBSize in the TBS table according to the first physical resource number and the first TBS index. The value of the first physical resource number is 1, 2, 3, and 6, and the first TBS index corresponding to the first MCS index ranges from 0 to 7, and is determined in the TBS table. The range of the TBSize is as shown in Table 3. When the number of the first physical resource is 1, 2, 3, and 6, and the value of the first TBS index is 0 to 7, the data of the corresponding TBSize is 712 bits. . Further, the transport block size that can be configured for the uplink information of the CE ModeA terminal device is 712 bits at the maximum.
表3针对于CE ModeA的终端设备的TBSize的范围Table 3 ranges of TBSize for terminal devices of CE ModeA
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000009
举例来说,针对于CE ModeB的终端设备,资源分配字段(value of resource allocation field)的取值范围如表4a所示,不同的资源分配字段对应了不同的资源块个数(allocated resource blocks)。For example, for the terminal device of the CE ModeB, the value range of the resource allocation field is as shown in Table 4a, and the different resource allocation fields correspond to different resource blocks. .
表4a针对于CE ModeB的终端设备的资源分配字段Table 4a Resource allocation fields for terminal devices of CE ModeB
value of resource allocation fieldValue of resource allocation field Allocated resource blocksAllocated resource blocks
‘000’‘000’ 00
‘001’‘001’ 11
‘010’‘010’ 22
‘011’‘011’ 33
‘100’‘100’ 44
‘101’‘101’ 55
‘110’‘110’ 0 and 10 and 1
‘111’‘111’ 2 and 32 and 3
针对于CE ModeB的终端设备,第一物理资源数的取值范围为3、6,对应的第一索引为第一TBS索引,且第一TBS索引的取值范围为0~3,且第一TBS索引为整数;然后终端设备根据第一物理资源数和第一TBS索引,在TBS表格中查询出对应的TBSize,可知,由于规定了第一物理资源数的取值范围为3、6,且第一TBS索引的取值范围为0~3,在TBS表格中确定出的TBSize的范围如表4b所示,在第一物理资源数的个数取值3、6,第一TBS索引的取值为0~3时,对应的TBSize的数据最大为328比特。进而能为CE ModeB的终端设备的上行信息配置的传输块大小最大为328比特。For the terminal device of the CE ModeB, the first physical resource number ranges from 3 to 6, and the corresponding first index is the first TBS index, and the first TBS index ranges from 0 to 3, and the first The TBS index is an integer; the terminal device queries the corresponding TBSize in the TBS table according to the first physical resource number and the first TBS index, and the value range of the first physical resource is 3, 6, and The value of the first TBS index is in the range of 0 to 3. The range of the TBSize determined in the TBS table is as shown in Table 4b. The number of the first physical resource is 3, 6, and the first TBS index is taken. When the value is 0 to 3, the corresponding TBSize data is up to 328 bits. Further, the transport block size that can be configured for the uplink information of the CE ModeB terminal device is up to 328 bits.
表4 b针对于CE ModeB的终端设备的TBSize的范围Table 4 b Range of TBSize for the terminal device of CE ModeB
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000010
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种确定传输块大小的方法的信令图,用于实现图8所示的各步骤。如图10所示,该方法包括:FIG. 10 is a signaling diagram of a method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present application, for implementing the steps shown in FIG. 8. As shown in FIG. 10, the method includes:
S11、网络设备向终端设备接发送随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引。S11. The network device sends a random access response to the terminal device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding mode index.
在本实施例中,本步骤参见图8的步骤101,不再赘述。In this embodiment, refer to step 101 in FIG. 8 for details, and details are not described herein again.
S12、终端设备根据资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,确定随机接入响应所调度的上行信息的传输块大小。S12. The terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, a transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response.
在可行的一种实施方式中,S12具体包括:In an feasible implementation manner, S12 specifically includes:
终端设备根据资源分配字段,确定第一物理资源数,其中,第一物理资源数是终端设备传输上行信息的物理资源数,第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;The terminal device determines the first physical resource number according to the resource allocation field, where the first physical resource number is the physical resource number of the terminal device transmitting the uplink information, and the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a sub-carrier;
终端设备根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;The terminal device determines the first index according to the field indicating the first index;
终端设备根据第一物理资源数和第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与第一索引和第一物理资源数对应的传输块的大小;The terminal device queries, according to the first physical resource number and the first index, a size of the transport block corresponding to the first index and the first physical resource number in the transport block size table;
终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。 The terminal device determines the queried transport block size, which is the transport block size of the uplink information.
在本实施例中,本步骤参见图8的步骤102,不再赘述。In this embodiment, refer to step 102 in FIG. 8 for details, and details are not described herein again.
本实施例,通过终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引;终端设备根据资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,确定随机接入响应所调度的上行信息的传输块大小。可以采用第二查询方式,根据与资源分配字段对应的第一物理资源数、以及指示第一索引的字段所指示的第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询到上行信息的传输块大小。In this embodiment, the terminal device receives the random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding manner. And determining, by the terminal device, a transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index. The transport block size of the uplink information may be queried in the transport block size table according to the first physical resource number corresponding to the resource allocation field and the first index indicated by the field indicating the first index.
图11为本申请实施例提供的又一种确定传输块大小的方法的流程示意图。如图11所示,该方法包括:FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of still another method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 11, the method includes:
201、终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引。The terminal device receives the random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding mode index.
在可选的是一种实施方式中,随机接入响应中还包括:类型指示字段;类型指示字段用于指示终端设备是否采用第一查询方式确定上行信息的传输块大小。In an optional implementation manner, the random access response further includes: a type indication field, where the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
在本实施例中,在终端设备接收到网络发送的***消息之后,终端设备向网络设备发送随机接入前导序列;网络设备接收终端设备发送的随机接入前导序列,网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入响应,其中,随机接入响应包括定时调整TA、为上行信息分配的上行调度资源(UL grant)、以及类型指示字段,在该上行调度资源中包括了资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一TBS索引或者第一MCS索引。其中,在终端设备为CE ModeA终端设备时,第一索引是第一MCS索引;在终端设备为CE ModeB终端设备时,第一索引是第一TBS索引。其中,类型指示字段用于指示终端设备采用第一查询方式确定上行信息的传输块大小,还是采用图8提供的第二查询方式确定上行信息的传输块大小。In this embodiment, after the terminal device receives the system message sent by the network, the terminal device sends a random access preamble sequence to the network device; the network device receives the random access preamble sequence sent by the terminal device, and the network device sends the random access sequence to the terminal device. An access response, where the random access response includes a timing adjustment TA, an uplink scheduling resource (UL grant) allocated for uplink information, and a type indication field, where the resource allocation field and the first index are included in the uplink scheduling resource. Field, the first index is a first TBS index or a first MCS index. The first index is the first MCS index when the terminal device is the CE ModeA terminal device, and the first index is the first TBS index when the terminal device is the CE ModeB terminal device. The type indication field is used to indicate that the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner, or determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the second query manner provided in FIG. 8 .
举例来说,类型指示字段所指示的数值R=0的时候,则终端设备确定UL grant中的资源分配字段指示的第一物理资源数的个数直接用于获取传输块大小,即终端设备采用第二查询方式确定上行信息的传输块大小;类型指示字段所指示的数值R=1的时候,则终端设备采用本实施例中提供的采用第一查询方式确定上行信息的传输块大小。For example, when the value indicated by the type indication field is R=0, the terminal device determines that the number of the first physical resource number indicated by the resource allocation field in the UL grant is directly used to obtain the transport block size, that is, the terminal device adopts The second query mode determines the transport block size of the uplink information. When the value indicated by the type indication field is R=1, the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner provided in this embodiment.
202、终端设备采用第一查询方式,根据资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,确定上行信息的传输块大小。202. The terminal device adopts a first query manner, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index.
其中,步骤202包括:Wherein step 202 includes:
2021、终端设备根据资源分配字段,确定第一物理资源数,其中,第一物理资源数是终端设备传输上行信息的物理资源数,第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;2021: The terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field, the first physical resource number, where the first physical resource number is a physical resource number that the terminal device transmits the uplink information, where the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a sub-carrier;
2022、终端设备根据第一物理资源数,确定第二物理资源数,其中,第二物理资源数大于等于第一物理资源数;2022: The terminal device determines, according to the first physical resource number, the second physical resource number, where the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the first physical resource number;
2023、终端设备根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;2023. The terminal device determines, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index.
2024a、终端设备将与第二物理资源数和第一索引对应的传输块大小,确定为上行信息的传输块大小。2024a. The terminal device determines, as the transport block size of the uplink information, a transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index.
在可选中的一种实施方式中,步骤2014a包括: In an optional implementation, step 2014a includes:
2024、终端设备根据第二物理资源数和第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与第一索引和第二物理资源数对应的传输块大小;2024. The terminal device queries, according to the second physical resource number and the first index, a transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number in the transport block size table.
2025、终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。2025. The terminal device determines the size of the transport block that is queried, and is the transport block size of the uplink information.
在可选的一种实施方式中,本实施例的方法,还包括:终端设备确定上行信息的传输块大小小于等于预设比特值。In an optional implementation manner, the method of this embodiment further includes: determining, by the terminal device, that the transport block size of the uplink information is less than or equal to a preset bit value.
在本实施例中,终端设备接收到随机接入响应之后,终端设备根据资源分配字段以及指示第一索引的字段,采用第一查询方式去确定出随机接入响应所调度的上行信息的传输块大小。In this embodiment, after receiving the random access response, the terminal device uses the first query mode to determine the transport block of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index. size.
具体来说,首先,终端设备接收到随机接入响应之后,终端设备根据资源分配字段指示的资源指示值,确定第一物理资源数;这里,确定第一物理资源数的方法可以采用图8的步骤102中的确定第一物理资源数的方法。Specifically, after the terminal device receives the random access response, the terminal device determines the first physical resource number according to the resource indication value indicated by the resource allocation field. Here, the method for determining the first physical resource number may adopt the method of FIG. The method of determining the first physical resource number in step 102.
然后,终端设备根据第一物理资源数,确定第二物理资源数,需要确定出的第二物理资源数大于等于第一物理资源数的。在一种可选的实施方式中,终端设备可以根据物理资源数映射关系,确定与第一物理资源数对应的第二物理资源数,其中,物理资源数映射关系包括与第一物理资源数分别一一对应的第二物理资源数,且每一个第一物理资源数小于等于与该第一物理资源数对应的第二物理资源数。本申请中采用的物理资源数映射关系中第二物理资源数的取值,不做限定。Then, the terminal device determines the second physical resource number according to the first physical resource number, and the determined second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the first physical resource number. In an optional implementation manner, the terminal device may determine, according to the physical resource number mapping relationship, the second physical resource number corresponding to the first physical resource number, where the physical resource number mapping relationship includes the first physical resource number separately A corresponding one of the second physical resource numbers, and each of the first physical resource numbers is less than or equal to the second physical resource number corresponding to the first physical resource number. The value of the second physical resource in the physical resource number mapping relationship used in this application is not limited.
然后,终端设备根据指示第一索引的字段,确定该指示第一索引的字段所指示的第一索引。接着,终端设备根据第二物理资源数和第一索引,在现有的TBS表格中查询与第二物理资源数和第一索引对应的TBSize。进而,终端设备可以将查询到的传输块大小,作为上行信息的传输块大小。并且,在查询到的传输块大小小于等于预设比特值时,终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小为上行信息的传输块大小;在查询到的传输块大小大于预设比特值时,终端设备确定预设比特值为上行信息的传输块大小;或者,在查询到的传输块大小大于预设比特值时,终端设备将TBS索引进行回退,直至查找到一个小于等于预设比特值的传输块大小,并将该传输块大小作为上行信息的传输块大小,同时,这种情况下,终端设备保持查表所用的物理资源数不变。在可选的一种实施方式中,预设比特值为1000比特。Then, the terminal device determines, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index indicated by the field indicating the first index. Then, the terminal device queries the existing TBS table for the TBSize corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index according to the second physical resource number and the first index. Furthermore, the terminal device can use the queried transport block size as the transport block size of the uplink information. And, when the queried transport block size is less than or equal to the preset bit value, the terminal device determines that the queried transport block size is the transport block size of the uplink information; and when the queried transport block size is greater than the preset bit value, the terminal device Determining that the preset bit value is a transport block size of the uplink information; or, when the queried transport block size is greater than the preset bit value, the terminal device rewinds the TBS index until a transmission less than or equal to the preset bit value is found. The block size is used as the transport block size of the uplink information, and in this case, the number of physical resources used by the terminal device to keep the table lookup does not change. In an optional embodiment, the preset bit value is 1000 bits.
举例来说,针对于CE ModeA的终端设备,资源分配字段所指示的第一物理资源数的个数可以为1、2、3、6,终端设备可以重新确定物理资源数映射关系为1—>2,2—>3,3—>6,6—>8;进而终端设备在确定第一物理资源数的个数取1时,终端设备确定第二物理资源数的个数取2,然后终端设备在查询TBS表格中,查询与第一索引和第二物理资源数对应的TBSize,即采用PRB个数为2进行查表;终端设备在确定第一物理资源数的个数取2时,终端设备确定第二物理资源数的个数取3,然后终端设备在查询TBS表格中,查询与第一索引和第二物理资源数对应的TBSize,即采用PRB个数为3进行查表;终端设备在确定第一物理资源数的个数取3时,终端设备确定第二物理资源数的个数取6,然后终端设备在查询TBS表格中,查询与第一索引和第二物理资源数对应的TBSize,即采用PRB个数为6进行查表;终端设备在确定第一物理资源数的个数取6时,终端设备确定第二物理资源数的个数取8,然后终端设备在查询TBS表格中,查询与第一索引和第二物理资源数对应的TBSize,即采用PRB个数 为8进行查表。此时,终端设备可以在TBS表格中确定出的TBSize的范围如表5所示,第一物理资源数的个数取值1、2、3、6,则采用第二物理资源数的个数取值2、3、6、8,与第一MCS对应的第一TBS索引的取值为0~7进行查表,对应的TBSize的数据最大为968比特。进而能为CE ModeA的终端设备的上行信息配置的传输块大小最大为968比特。For example, for the terminal device of the CE ModeA, the number of the first physical resource indicated by the resource allocation field may be 1, 2, 3, or 6. The terminal device may re-determine the mapping relationship of the physical resource number to 1 -> 2, 2 -> 3, 3 -> 6,6 -> 8; further, when the terminal device determines that the number of the first physical resources is 1, the terminal device determines that the number of the second physical resources is 2, and then the terminal The device queries the TBS table to query the TBSize corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number, that is, the table number of the PRB is 2; when the terminal device determines that the number of the first physical resource number is 2, the terminal The device determines that the number of the second physical resources is 3, and then the terminal device queries the TBS table to query the TBSize corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number, that is, the number of PRBs is 3 for table lookup; the terminal device When determining that the number of the first physical resource number is 3, the terminal device determines that the number of the second physical resource number is 6, and then the terminal device queries the TBS table to query the first index and the second physical resource number. TBSize, that is, the number of PRBs is 6 When the terminal device determines that the number of the first physical resources is 6, the terminal device determines that the number of the second physical resources is 8, and then the terminal device queries the TBS table, queries the first index and the first TBSize corresponding to the number of physical resources, that is, the number of PRBs used Check the table for 8. At this time, the range of the TBSize that the terminal device can determine in the TBS table is as shown in Table 5, and the number of the first physical resource number is 1, 2, 3, and 6, and the number of the second physical resource is used. The values of the first TBS index corresponding to the first MCS are 0 to 7, and the corresponding TBSize data is 968 bits. Further, the transport block size that can be configured for the uplink information of the CE ModeA terminal device is up to 968 bits.
表5步骤202针对CE ModeA的终端设备确定的TBSize的范围Table 202 Step 202: Range of TBSize determined for the terminal device of the CE ModeA
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000011
又举例来说,针对于CE ModeA的终端设备,资源分配字段所指示的第一物理资源数的个数可以为1、2、3、6,终端设备可以重新确定物理资源数映射关系为1—>2,2—>3,3—>6,6—>9。或者,针对于CE ModeA的终端设备,资源分配字段所指示的第一物理资源数的个数可以为1、2、3、6,终端设备可以重新确定物理资源数映射关系为1—>2,2—>4,3—>6,6—>9。针对于CE ModeA的终端设备,本申请中采用的物理资源数映射关系中第二物理资源数的取值,不做限定。For example, for the terminal device of the CE ModeA, the number of the first physical resources indicated by the resource allocation field may be 1, 2, 3, and 6, and the terminal device may re-determine the mapping relationship of the physical resource number to 1— >2,2—>3,3—>6,6—>9. Or, for the terminal device of the CE ModeA, the number of the first physical resources indicated by the resource allocation field may be 1, 2, 3, and 6, and the terminal device may re-determine the mapping relationship of the physical resource number to 1 to >2. 2—>4,3—>6,6—>9. For the terminal device of the CE ModeA, the value of the second physical resource in the physical resource number mapping relationship used in the present application is not limited.
再举例来说,针对于CE ModeB的终端设备,资源分配字段所指示的第一物理资源数的个数可以为3、6,终端设备可以重新确定物理资源数映射关系为3—>3,6—>8;终端设备在确定第一物理资源数的个数取3时,终端设备确定第二物理资源数的个数取3,然后终端设备在查询TBS表格中,查询与第一索引和第二物理资源数对应的TBSize,即采用PRB个数为3进行查表;终端设备在确定第一物理资源数的个数取6时,终端设备确定第二物理资源数的个数取8,然后终端设备在查询TBS表格中,查询与第一索引和第二物理资源数对应的TBSize,即采用PRB个数为8进行查表。此时,可以在TBS表格中确定出的TBSize的范围如表6所示,第一物理资源数的个数取值3、6,则采用第二物理资源数的个数取值3、8,第一TBS索引的取值为0~3进行查表,对应的TBSize的数据最大为440比特。进而能为CE ModeB的终端设备的上行信息配置的传输块大小最大为440比特。For example, for the terminal device of the CE ModeB, the number of the first physical resource indicated by the resource allocation field may be 3 or 6. The terminal device may re-determine the mapping relationship of the physical resource number to 3 -> 3, 6 ->8; when determining that the number of the first physical resources is 3, the terminal device determines that the number of the second physical resources is 3, and then the terminal device queries the TBS table, queries the first index and the first The TBSize corresponding to the number of physical resources, that is, the number of PRBs is 3; when the terminal device determines that the number of the first physical resources is 6, the terminal device determines that the number of the second physical resources is 8, and then The terminal device queries the TBS table to query the TBSize corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number, that is, the number of PRBs is 8 for table lookup. In this case, the range of the TBSize that can be determined in the TBS table is as shown in Table 6. If the number of the first physical resources is 3 or 6, the number of the second physical resources is 3, 8. The value of the first TBS index is 0 to 3 for table lookup, and the corresponding TBSize data is up to 440 bits. Further, the transport block size that can be configured for the uplink information of the CE ModeB terminal device is up to 440 bits.
表6步骤202针对CE ModeB的终端设备确定的TBSize的范围Table 6 Step 202: Range of TBSize determined for the terminal device of the CE ModeB
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000012
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000012
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000013
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000013
又举例来说,针对于CE ModeB的终端设备,资源分配字段所指示的第一物理资源数的个数可以为3、6,终端设备可以重新确定物理资源数映射关系为3—>6,6—>9。针对于CE ModeB的终端设备,本申请中采用的物理资源数映射关系中第二物理资源数的取值,不做限定。For example, for the terminal device of the CE ModeB, the number of the first physical resource indicated by the resource allocation field may be 3 or 6, and the terminal device may re-determine the mapping relationship of the physical resource number to 3 -> 6,6 —>9. For the terminal device of the CE ModeB, the value of the second physical resource in the mapping relationship between the number of physical resources used in the present application is not limited.
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种确定传输块大小的方法的信令图,用于实现图11所示的各步骤。如图12所示,该方法包括:FIG. 12 is a signaling diagram of a method for determining a transport block size according to an embodiment of the present application, for implementing the steps shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 12, the method includes:
S21、终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引。S21: The terminal device receives a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding mode index.
在可选的是一种实施方式中,随机接入响应中还包括:类型指示字段;类型指示字段用于指示终端设备是否采用第一查询方式确定上行信息的传输块大小。In an optional implementation manner, the random access response further includes: a type indication field, where the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
在本实施例中,本步骤参见图11的步骤201,不再赘述。In this embodiment, refer to step 201 in FIG. 11 for details, and details are not described herein again.
S22、终端设备根据资源分配字段,确定第一物理资源数,其中,第一物理资源数是终端设备传输上行信息的物理资源数,第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;S22. The terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field, the first physical resource number, where the first physical resource number is a physical resource number that the terminal device transmits uplink information, where the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier.
S23、终端设备根据第一物理资源数,确定第二物理资源数,其中,第二物理资源数大于等于第一物理资源数;S23. The terminal device determines, according to the first physical resource number, a second physical resource number, where the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the first physical resource number;
S24、终端设备根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;S24. The terminal device determines, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index.
S25、终端设备根据第二物理资源数和第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与第一索引和第二物理资源数对应的传输块大小;S25. The terminal device queries, according to the second physical resource number and the first index, a transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number in the transport block size table.
S26、终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。S26. The terminal device determines the size of the transport block that is queried, and is the transport block size of the uplink information.
在本实施例中,步骤S22-S26参见图11的步骤2021-2025,不再赘述。In this embodiment, steps S22-S26 refer to steps 2021-2025 of FIG. 11, and details are not described herein again.
本实施例,通过通过终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引;终端设备根据资源分配字段,确定第一物理资源数,其中,第一物理资源数是终端设备传输上行信息的物理资源数,第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;终端设备根据第一物理资源数,确定第二物理资源数,其中,第二物理资源数大于等于第一物理资源数;终端设备根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;终端设备根据第二物理资源数和第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与第一索引和第二物理资源数对应的传输块大小;终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。从而通过将第一物理资源数映射为大于等于第一物理资源数的第二物理资源数,去采用第二物理资源数和第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与第一索引和第二物理资源数对应的传输块大小,由于,第二物理资源数大于等于第一物理资源数的,从而可以查询到大于第二种查询方式所确定的传输块大小的传输块大小;并且,采用第一查询方式确定的最大传输块大小,大于采用第二查询方式确定的最大传输块大小。In this embodiment, the random access response is sent by the terminal device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation code. The mode index is determined by the terminal device according to the resource allocation field, where the first physical resource number is the physical resource number of the terminal device transmitting the uplink information, and the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier; Determining, by the number of the first physical resources, the second physical resource number, wherein the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the first physical resource number; the terminal device determines the first index according to the field indicating the first index; and the terminal device is configured according to the second physical resource And the first index, in the transport block size table, query the transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number; the terminal device determines the queried transport block size, which is the transport block size of the uplink information. Therefore, by mapping the first physical resource number to a second physical resource number equal to or greater than the first physical resource number, using the second physical resource number and the first index, querying the first index and the second in the transport block size table The transport block size corresponding to the number of the physical resources, because the number of the second physical resources is greater than or equal to the number of the first physical resources, so that the transport block size larger than the transport block size determined by the second query mode can be queried; The maximum transport block size determined by a query mode is greater than the maximum transport block size determined by the second query mode.
图13为本申请实施例提供的另一种确定传输块大小的方法流程示意图。如图13所示,该方法包括: FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining a transport block size according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 13, the method includes:
301、终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引。301. The terminal device receives a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding mode index.
在可选的是一种实施方式中,随机接入响应中还包括:类型指示字段;类型指示字段用于指示终端设备是否采用第一查询方式确定上行信息的传输块大小。In an optional implementation manner, the random access response further includes: a type indication field, where the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
在本实施例中,本步骤参见图11的步骤201,不再赘述。In this embodiment, refer to step 201 in FIG. 11 for details, and details are not described herein again.
302、终端设备采用第一查询方式,根据资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,确定上行信息的传输块大小。302. The terminal device adopts a first query manner, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index.
其中,步骤302,具体包括:Wherein, step 302 specifically includes:
3021、终端设备根据资源分配字段,确定第二物理资源数,其中,第二物理资源数的取值最大值大于等于与资源分配字段对应的第一物理资源数的取值最大值,第一物理资源数是终端设备传输上行信息的物理资源数,第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;3031: The terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field, the second physical resource number, where the maximum value of the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to a maximum value of the first physical resource number corresponding to the resource allocation field, and the first physical The number of resources is the number of physical resources that the terminal device transmits uplink information, and the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier;
3022、终端设备根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;3022: The terminal device determines, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index.
3023a、终端设备将与第二物理资源数和第一索引对应的传输块大小,确定为上行信息的传输块大小。3023a. The terminal device determines, as the transport block size of the uplink information, a transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index.
在可选中的一种实施方式中,步骤3023a包括:In an optional implementation, step 3023a includes:
3023、终端设备根据第二物理资源数和第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与第一索引和第二物理资源数对应的传输块大小;3023. The terminal device queries, according to the second physical resource number and the first index, a transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number in the transport block size table.
3024、终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。3024. The terminal device determines the size of the transport block that is queried, and is the transport block size of the uplink information.
在本实施例中,终端设备接收到随机接入响应之后,终端设备根据资源分配字段以及指示第一索引的字段,采用第一查询方式确定出随机接入响应所调度的上行信息的传输块大小。In this embodiment, after the terminal device receives the random access response, the terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, the transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response by using the first query manner. .
在可选的一种实施方式中,本实施例的方法,还包括:终端设备确定上行信息的传输块大小小于等于预设比特值。In an optional implementation manner, the method of this embodiment further includes: determining, by the terminal device, that the transport block size of the uplink information is less than or equal to a preset bit value.
具体来说,首先,终端设备根据资源分配字段,确定第二物理资源数,其中,第二物理资源数进行取值时的最大值需要大于等于与资源分配字段对应的第一物理资源数进行取值时的最大值。在可选的一种实施方式中,终端设备可以根据资源分配字段与第二物理资源数的映射关系,确定出与资源分配字段对应的第二物理资源数。可选的,终端设备接收到随机接入响应之后,终端设备根据资源分配字段指示的资源指示值,确定第一物理资源数;这里,确定第一物理资源数的方法可以采用图8的步骤102中的确定第一物理资源数的方法。Specifically, the terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field, the second physical resource number, where the maximum value of the second physical resource number needs to be greater than or equal to the first physical resource number corresponding to the resource allocation field. The maximum value of the value. In an optional implementation manner, the terminal device may determine the second physical resource number corresponding to the resource allocation field according to the mapping relationship between the resource allocation field and the second physical resource number. Optionally, after the terminal device receives the random access response, the terminal device determines, according to the resource indication value indicated by the resource allocation field, the first physical resource number; where the method for determining the first physical resource number may use step 102 of FIG. 8 A method of determining the number of first physical resources.
然后,终端设备根据指示第一索引的字段,确定该指示第一索引的字段所指示的第一索引。接着,终端设备根据第二物理资源数和第一索引,在现有的TBS表格中查询与第一索引和第二物理资源数对应的TBSize。进而,终端设备可以将查询到的传输块大小,作为上行信息的传输块大小。并且,在查询到的传输块大小小于等于预设比特值时,终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小为上行信息的传输块大小;在查询到的传输块大小大于预设比特值时,终端设备确定预设比特值为上行信息的传输块大小;或者,在查询到的传输块大小大于预设比特值时,终端设备将TBS索引进行回退,直 至查找到一个小于等于预设比特值的传输块大小,并将该传输块大小作为上行信息的传输块大小,同时,这种情况下,终端设备保持查表所用的物理资源数不变。在可选的一种实施方式中,预设比特值为1000比特。Then, the terminal device determines, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index indicated by the field indicating the first index. Then, the terminal device queries the TBSize corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number in the existing TBS table according to the second physical resource number and the first index. Furthermore, the terminal device can use the queried transport block size as the transport block size of the uplink information. And, when the queried transport block size is less than or equal to the preset bit value, the terminal device determines that the queried transport block size is the transport block size of the uplink information; and when the queried transport block size is greater than the preset bit value, the terminal device Determining that the preset bit value is the transport block size of the uplink information; or, when the queried transport block size is greater than the preset bit value, the terminal device retracts the TBS index, Until a transport block size less than or equal to the preset bit value is found, and the transport block size is used as the transport block size of the uplink information, and in this case, the number of physical resources used by the terminal device to keep the table lookup does not change. In an optional embodiment, the preset bit value is 1000 bits.
举例来说,类型指示字段所指示的数值R=1的时候,则终端设备采用本实施例中提供的采用第一查询方式确定上行信息的传输块大小。然后终端设备可以采用表7-表10中的任意一种映射关系,解读资源分配字段,进而确定出第二物理资源数。For example, when the value indicated by the type indication field is R=1, the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner provided in this embodiment. Then, the terminal device can use any mapping relationship in Table 7-Table 10 to interpret the resource allocation field, and then determine the second physical resource number.
本实施例对于资源分配字段与第二物理资源数的映射关系,不做限定。The mapping relationship between the resource allocation field and the second physical resource number is not limited in this embodiment.
表7资源分配字段与第二物理资源数的映射关系一Table 7: Mapping relationship between resource allocation fields and the number of second physical resources
资源指示字段Resource indicator field 第二物理资源数Number of second physical resources
0 0 00 0 0 22
0 0 10 0 1 22
0 1 00 1 0 22
0 1 10 1 1 44
1 0 01 0 0 44
1 0 11 0 1 44
1 1 01 1 0 88
1 1 11 1 1 88
表8资源分配字段与第二物理资源数的映射关系二Table 8 shows the mapping relationship between the resource allocation field and the second physical resource number.
资源指示字段Resource indicator field 第二物理资源数Number of second physical resources
0 0 00 0 0 22
0 0 10 0 1 22
0 1 00 1 0 44
0 1 10 1 1 44
1 0 01 0 0 66
1 0 11 0 1 66
1 1 01 1 0 88
1 1 11 1 1 88
表9资源分配字段与第二物理资源数的映射关系三Table 9: Mapping relationship between resource allocation fields and the number of second physical resources
资源指示字段Resource indicator field 第二物理资源数Number of second physical resources
0 0 00 0 0 33
0 0 10 0 1 33
0 1 00 1 0 33
0 1 10 1 1 55
1 0 01 0 0 55
1 0 11 0 1 55
1 1 01 1 0 99
1 1 11 1 1 99
表10资源分配字段与第二物理资源数的映射关系四Table 10: Mapping relationship between resource allocation fields and the number of second physical resources
资源指示字段Resource indicator field 第二物理资源数Number of second physical resources
0 0 00 0 0 33
0 0 10 0 1 33
0 1 00 1 0 55
0 1 10 1 1 55
1 0 01 0 0 77
1 0 11 0 1 77
1 1 01 1 0 99
1 1 11 1 1 99
例如,针对于CE ModeA的终端设备,资源分配字段所指示的第一物理资源数的个数可以为1、2、3、6,终端设备采用表7可以确定第二物理资源数可以取2、4、8;可知,第二物理资源数可以取的最大值为8,第一物理资源数可以取的最大值为6,8是大于6的。此时,可以在TBS表格中确定出的TBSize的范围如表11所示,采用第二物理资源数的个数取值为2、4、8,与第一MCS对应的第一TBS索引的取值为0~7进行查表,对应的TBSize的数据最大为808比特。进而能为CE ModeA的终端设备的上行信息配置的传输块大小最大为808比特。For example, for the terminal device of the CE ModeA, the number of the first physical resources indicated by the resource allocation field may be 1, 2, 3, and 6. The terminal device may determine that the second physical resource number can be obtained by using the table 7. 4, 8; It can be known that the maximum value of the second physical resource can be 8 and the maximum value of the first physical resource can be 6 and 8 is greater than 6. At this time, the range of the TBSize that can be determined in the TBS table is as shown in Table 11, and the number of the second physical resource number is 2, 4, and 8, and the first TBS index corresponding to the first MCS is taken. The value is 0 to 7 for table lookup, and the corresponding TBSize data is up to 808 bits. Further, the transport block size that can be configured for the uplink information of the CE ModeA terminal device is up to 808 bits.
表11步骤302针对CE ModeA的终端设备确定的TBSize的范围Step 11 of Table 31 determines the range of TBSize for the terminal device of CE ModeA.
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000014
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000014
图14为本申请实施例提供的另一种确定传输块大小的方法的信令图,用于实现图13所示的各步骤。如图14所示,该方法包括:FIG. 14 is a signaling diagram of another method for determining a transport block size according to an embodiment of the present application, for implementing the steps shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 14, the method includes:
S31、终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引。S31. The terminal device receives a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding mode index.
在可选的是一种实施方式中,随机接入响应中还包括:类型指示字段;类型指示字段用于指示终端设备是否采用第一查询方式确定上行信息的传输块大小。In an optional implementation manner, the random access response further includes: a type indication field, where the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
在本实施例中,本步骤参见图13的步骤301,不再赘述。In this embodiment, refer to step 301 in FIG. 13 for details, and details are not described herein again.
S32、终端设备根据资源分配字段,确定第二物理资源数,其中,第二物理资源数 的取值最大值大于等于与资源分配字段对应的第一物理资源数的取值最大值,第一物理资源数是终端设备传输上行信息的物理资源数,第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;S32. The terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field, the second physical resource number, where the second physical resource number The maximum value of the value is greater than or equal to the maximum value of the first physical resource number corresponding to the resource allocation field, where the first physical resource number is the physical resource number of the terminal device transmitting the uplink information, and the first physical resource is the physical resource block or the child. Carrier wave
S33、终端设备根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;S33. The terminal device determines, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index.
S34、终端设备根据第二物理资源数和第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与第一索引和第二物理资源数对应的传输块大小;S34. The terminal device queries, according to the second physical resource number and the first index, a transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number in the transport block size table.
S35、终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。S35. The terminal device determines the size of the transport block that is queried, and is the transport block size of the uplink information.
在本实施例中,步骤S32-S35参见图13的步骤3021-3024,不再赘述。In this embodiment, steps S32-S35 refer to steps 3021-3024 of FIG. 13, and details are not described herein again.
本实施例,通过终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引;终端设备根据资源分配字段,确定第二物理资源数,其中,第二物理资源数的取值最大值大于等于与资源分配字段对应的第一物理资源数的取值最大值,第一物理资源数是终端设备传输上行信息的物理资源数,第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;终端设备根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;终端设备根据第二物理资源数和第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与第一索引和第二物理资源数对应的传输块大小;终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。从而通过将资源分配字段映射为第二物理资源数,并且需要第二物理资源数的取值最大值大于等于与资源分配字段对应的第一物理资源数的取值最大值;然后去采用第二物理资源数和第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与第一索引和第二物理资源数对应的传输块大小,由于,第二物理资源数的取值最大值大于等于与资源分配字段对应的第一物理资源数的取值最大值,从而可以采用第一查询方式确定的最大传输块大小,大于采用第二查询方式确定的最大传输块大小。In this embodiment, the terminal device receives the random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding manner. An index is determined by the terminal device according to the resource allocation field, where the maximum value of the second physical resource is greater than or equal to a maximum value of the first physical resource corresponding to the resource allocation field, and the first physical The number of resources is the number of physical resources that the terminal device transmits the uplink information, and the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier; the terminal device determines the first index according to the field indicating the first index; and the terminal device determines the number of the second physical resource according to the second physical resource number An index is used to query a transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number in the transport block size table; the terminal device determines the transport block size that is queried, and is the transport block size of the uplink information. Therefore, the resource allocation field is mapped to the second physical resource number, and the maximum value of the second physical resource number is required to be greater than or equal to the maximum value of the first physical resource number corresponding to the resource allocation field; The number of physical resources and the first index, the size of the transport block corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number is queried in the transport block size table, because the maximum value of the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the resource allocation field The maximum value of the first physical resource number is determined, so that the maximum transport block size determined by the first query mode is greater than the maximum transport block size determined by the second query mode.
图15为本申请实施例提供的再一种确定传输块大小的方法流程示意图。如图15所示,该方法包括:FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of still another method for determining a transport block size according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 15, the method includes:
401、终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引。401. The terminal device receives a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding mode index.
在可选的是一种实施方式中,随机接入响应中还包括:类型指示字段;类型指示字段用于指示终端设备是否采用第一查询方式确定上行信息的传输块大小。In an optional implementation manner, the random access response further includes: a type indication field, where the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
在本实施例中,本步骤参见图11的步骤201,不再赘述。In this embodiment, refer to step 201 in FIG. 11 for details, and details are not described herein again.
402、终端设备采用第一查询方式,根据资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,确定上行信息的传输块大小。402. The terminal device adopts a first query manner, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index.
其中,步骤402,具体包括:Wherein, step 402 specifically includes:
4021、终端设备根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;4041. The terminal device determines, according to a field indicating the first index, a first index.
4022、终端设备根据第一索引,确定第二索引,其中,第二索引是第二传输块大小索引或者第二调制编码方式索引,第二索引大于或者等于第一索引;4042: The terminal device determines, according to the first index, a second index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, where the second index is greater than or equal to the first index;
4023a、终端设备将与资源分配字段和第二索引对应的传输块大小,确定为上行信息的传输块大小。 4023a. The terminal device determines a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
在可选的是一种实施方式中,步骤4023a,具体包括:In an optional implementation, the step 4023a specifically includes:
4023、终端设备根据资源分配字段和第二索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与资源分配字段和第二索引对应的传输块大小;4023. The terminal device queries, according to the resource allocation field and the second index, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index in the transport block size table.
4024、终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。4024. The terminal device determines the size of the transport block that is queried, and is the transport block size of the uplink information.
在可选的一种实施方式中,本实施例的方法,还包括:终端设备确定上行信息的传输块大小小于等于预设比特值。In an optional implementation manner, the method of this embodiment further includes: determining, by the terminal device, that the transport block size of the uplink information is less than or equal to a preset bit value.
在本实施例中,终端设备接收到随机接入响应之后,终端设备根据资源分配字段以及指示第一索引的字段,采用第一查询方式确定出随机接入响应所调度的上行信息的传输块大小。In this embodiment, after the terminal device receives the random access response, the terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, the transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response by using the first query manner. .
具体来说,首先,终端设备接收到随机接入响应之后,终端设备根据指示第一索引的字段,确定该指示第一索引的字段所指示的第一索引。Specifically, after the terminal device receives the random access response, the terminal device determines, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index indicated by the field indicating the first index.
然后,终端设备根据第一索引,确定第二索引,其中,确定出的第二索引大于等于第一索引的。其中,第一索引为第一TBS索引,则第二索引为第二TBS索引;第一索引为第一MCS索引,则第二索引为第二MCS索引。Then, the terminal device determines, according to the first index, a second index, where the determined second index is greater than or equal to the first index. The first index is the first TBS index, and the second index is the second TBS index; the first index is the first MCS index, and the second index is the second MCS index.
在一种可选的实施方式中,终端设备可以根据索引映射关系,确定与第一索引对应的第二索引,其中,索引映射关系包括与第一索引分别一一对应的第二索引,且每一个第一索引小于等于与该第一索引对应的第二索引。本申请中采用的索引映射关系中第二索引的取值,不做限定。In an optional implementation manner, the terminal device may determine, according to the index mapping relationship, a second index corresponding to the first index, where the index mapping relationship includes a second index corresponding to the first index, and each A first index is less than or equal to a second index corresponding to the first index. The value of the second index in the index mapping relationship used in this application is not limited.
在另一种可选的实施方式中,终端设备将第一索引加上一个预设值shift,得到第二索引;即,第二MCS索引=第一MCS索引+shift,第二TBS索引=第一TBS索引+shift。例如,若shift=8,第一MCS索引=0~7,新的解读方法范围为第二MCS索引=8~15,此时对应的TBS索引取值为8~14;若shift=6,第一TBS索引=0~3,新的解读方法范围为第二TBS索引=6~9。In another optional implementation manner, the terminal device adds a preset value shift to the first index to obtain a second index; that is, the second MCS index=the first MCS index+shift, and the second TBS index=the second A TBS index + shift. For example, if shift=8, the first MCS index is 0 to 7, the new interpretation method ranges from the second MCS index=8 to 15, and the corresponding TBS index is 8 to 14; if shift=6, the first A TBS index = 0 to 3, and the new interpretation method ranges from the second TBS index = 6 to 9.
然后,终端设备根据资源分配字段指示的资源指示值,确定第一物理资源数;这里,确定第一物理资源数的方法可以采用图8的步骤102中的确定第一物理资源数的方法。接着,根据第一物理资源数和第二索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与第一物理资源数和第二索引对应的TBSize。进而,终端设备可以将查询到的传输块大小,作为上行信息的传输块大小。并且,在查询到的传输块大小小于等于预设比特值时,终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小为上行信息的传输块大小;在查询到的传输块大小大于预设比特值时,终端设备确定预设比特值为上行信息的传输块大小;或者,在查询到的传输块大小大于预设比特值时,终端设备将TBS索引进行回退,直至查找到一个小于等于预设比特值的传输块大小,并将该传输块大小作为上行信息的传输块大小,同时,这种情况下,终端设备保持查表所用的物理资源数不变。在可选的一种实施方式中,预设比特值为1000比特。Then, the terminal device determines the first physical resource number according to the resource indication value indicated by the resource allocation field. Here, the method for determining the first physical resource number may adopt the method for determining the first physical resource number in step 102 of FIG. 8 . Then, according to the first physical resource number and the second index, the TBSize corresponding to the first physical resource number and the second index is queried in the transport block size table. Furthermore, the terminal device can use the queried transport block size as the transport block size of the uplink information. And, when the queried transport block size is less than or equal to the preset bit value, the terminal device determines that the queried transport block size is the transport block size of the uplink information; and when the queried transport block size is greater than the preset bit value, the terminal device Determining that the preset bit value is a transport block size of the uplink information; or, when the queried transport block size is greater than the preset bit value, the terminal device rewinds the TBS index until a transmission less than or equal to the preset bit value is found. The block size is used as the transport block size of the uplink information, and in this case, the number of physical resources used by the terminal device to keep the table lookup does not change. In an optional embodiment, the preset bit value is 1000 bits.
举例来说,针对于CE ModeA的终端设备,资源分配字段所指示的第一物理资源数的个数可以为1、2、3、6,第一MCS索引=0~7,终端设备将第一索引加上一个预设值shift=8,终端设备可以确定第二MCS索引=8~15,此时对应的TBS取值为8~14。然后,终端设备可以在TBS表格中确定出的TBSize的范围如表12所示,此时,终端设备采用第一物理资源数的个数取值为1、2、3、6,TBS索引取值为8~14进行查表, 对应的TBSize的数据最大为1736比特。但是由于CE ModeA的终端设备限制了上行信息的最大TBSize不可以超过预设比特值,例如该预设比特值为1000比特,进而此时确定TBSize的数据最大为936比特。For example, for the terminal device of the CE ModeA, the number of the first physical resources indicated by the resource allocation field may be 1, 2, 3, and 6, the first MCS index is 0 to 7, and the terminal device will be the first. The index adds a preset value of shift=8, and the terminal device can determine that the second MCS index is 8 to 15, and the corresponding TBS value is 8 to 14. Then, the range of the TBSize that the terminal device can determine in the TBS table is as shown in Table 12. In this case, the number of the first physical resource used by the terminal device is 1, 2, 3, and 6, and the TBS index is used. Look up the table for 8~14, The corresponding TBSize data is up to 1736 bits. However, since the terminal device of the CE ModeA limits the maximum TBSize of the uplink information to not exceed the preset bit value, for example, the preset bit value is 1000 bits, and thus the data of the TBSize is determined to be at most 936 bits.
表12步骤402针对CE ModeA的终端设备确定的TBSize的范围Step 12 of Table 12 determines the range of TBSize for the terminal device of CE ModeA.
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000015
又举例来说,针对于CE ModeB的终端设备,资源分配字段所指示的第一物理资源数的个数可以为3、6,第一TBS索引=0~3,终端设备将第一索引加上一个预设值shift=6,终端设备可以确定第二TBS索引=6~9。然后,终端设备可以在TBS表格中确定出的TBSize的范围如表13所示,此时,终端设备采用第一物理资源数的个数取值为3、6,TBS索引取值为6~9进行查表,对应的TBSize的数据最大为936比特。并且,CE ModeB的终端设备可以限制了上行信息的最大TBSize不可以超过预设比特值,例如该预设比特值为1000比特。For example, for the terminal device of the CE ModeB, the number of the first physical resources indicated by the resource allocation field may be 3 or 6, and the first TBS index is 0 to 3, and the terminal device adds the first index. A preset value shift=6, the terminal device can determine the second TBS index=6-9. Then, the range of the TBSize that the terminal device can determine in the TBS table is as shown in Table 13. In this case, the number of the first physical resource number of the terminal device is 3, 6, and the TBS index is 6-9. For table lookup, the corresponding TBSize data is up to 936 bits. Moreover, the terminal device of the CE ModeB can limit the maximum TBSize of the uplink information to not exceed the preset bit value, for example, the preset bit value is 1000 bits.
表13步骤402针对CE ModeB的终端设备确定的TBSize的范围Table 13 Step 402: Range of TBSize determined for the terminal device of the CE ModeB
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000016
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000016
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000017
图16为本申请实施例提供的再一种确定传输块大小的方法的信令图。用于实现图15所示的各步骤。如图16所示,该方法包括:FIG. 16 is a signaling diagram of still another method for determining a transport block size according to an embodiment of the present application. Used to implement the steps shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 16, the method includes:
S41、终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引。S41. The terminal device receives a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding mode index.
在可选的是一种实施方式中,随机接入响应中还包括:类型指示字段;类型指示字段用于指示终端设备是否采用第一查询方式确定上行信息的传输块大小。In an optional implementation manner, the random access response further includes: a type indication field, where the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
在本实施例中,本步骤参见图15的步骤401,不再赘述。In this embodiment, this step is referred to step 401 of FIG. 15 and will not be described again.
S42、终端设备根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;S42. The terminal device determines, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index.
S43、终端设备根据第一索引,确定第二索引,其中,第二索引是第二传输块大小索引或者第二调制编码方式索引,第二索引大于或者等于第一索引;S43. The terminal device determines, according to the first index, a second index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, where the second index is greater than or equal to the first index.
S44、终端设备根据资源分配字段和第二索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与资源分配字段和第二索引对应的传输块大小;S44. The terminal device queries, according to the resource allocation field and the second index, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index in the transport block size table.
S45、终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。S45. The terminal device determines the size of the transport block that is queried, and is the transport block size of the uplink information.
在本实施例中,步骤S42-S45参见图15的步骤4021-4024,不再赘述。In this embodiment, steps S42-S45 refer to steps 4021-4024 of FIG. 15, and details are not described herein again.
本实施例,通过终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引;终端设备根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;终端设备根据第一索引,确定第二索引,其中,第二索引是第二传输块大小索引或者第二调制编码方式索引,第二索引大于或者等于第一索引;终端设备根据资源分配字段和第二索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与资源分配字段和第二索引对应的传输块大小;终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。从而通过将第一索引映射为第二索引,并且需要第二索引是大于或者等于第一索引的;在传输块大小表格中查询与第二索引和第一物理资源数对应的传输块大小,由于,第二索引是大于或者等于第一索引的,从而可以查询到大于第二种查询方式所确定的传输块大小的传输块大小;并且,采用第一查询方式确定的最大传输块大小,大于采用第二查询方式确定的最大传输块大小。In this embodiment, the terminal device receives the random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding manner. An index is determined by the terminal device according to the field indicating the first index; the terminal device determines the second index according to the first index, where the second index is the second transport block size index or the second modulation and coding mode index, The second index is greater than or equal to the first index; the terminal device queries, in the transport block size table, the transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index according to the resource allocation field and the second index; the terminal device determines the size of the transport block that is queried , the transport block size for the upstream information. Thereby by mapping the first index to the second index, and requiring the second index to be greater than or equal to the first index; querying the transport block size corresponding to the second index and the first physical resource number in the transport block size table, due to The second index is greater than or equal to the first index, so that the transport block size larger than the transport block size determined by the second query mode can be queried; and the maximum transport block size determined by using the first query mode is greater than The maximum transport block size determined by the second query mode.
图17为本申请实施例提供的其他一种确定传输块大小的方法流程示意图。如图17所示,该方法包括:FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 17, the method includes:
501、终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引。501. The terminal device receives a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding mode index.
在可选的是一种实施方式中,随机接入响应中还包括:类型指示字段;类型指示字段用于指示终端设备是否采用第一查询方式确定上行信息的传输块大小。 In an optional implementation manner, the random access response further includes: a type indication field, where the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
在本实施例中,本步骤参见图11的步骤201,不再赘述。In this embodiment, refer to step 201 in FIG. 11 for details, and details are not described herein again.
502、终端设备采用第一查询方式,根据资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,确定上行信息的传输块大小。502. The terminal device adopts a first query manner, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index.
其中,步骤502,具体包括:Wherein, step 502 specifically includes:
5021、终端设备根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第二索引,其中,第二索引是第二传输块大小索引或者第二调制编码方式索引,第二索引大于或者等于第一索引;The second index is determined according to the field indicating the first index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, and the second index is greater than or equal to the first index.
5022a、终端设备将与资源分配字段和第二索引对应的传输块大小,确定为上行信息的传输块大小。5022a. The terminal device determines, as the transport block size of the uplink information, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index.
在可选的是一种实施方式中,步骤5022a,包括:In an optional embodiment, step 5022a includes:
5022、终端设备根据资源分配字段和第二索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与资源分配字段和第二索引对应的传输块大小;5022. The terminal device queries, according to the resource allocation field and the second index, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index in the transport block size table.
5023、终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。5023. The terminal device determines the size of the transport block that is queried, and is the transport block size of the uplink information.
在可选的一种实施方式中,本实施例的方法,还包括:终端设备确定上行信息的传输块大小小于等于预设比特值。In an optional implementation manner, the method of this embodiment further includes: determining, by the terminal device, that the transport block size of the uplink information is less than or equal to a preset bit value.
在本实施例中,终端设备接收到随机接入响应之后,终端设备根据资源分配字段以及指示第一索引的字段,采用第一查询方式确定出随机接入响应所调度的上行信息的传输块大小。In this embodiment, after the terminal device receives the random access response, the terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, the transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response by using the first query manner. .
具体来说,首先,终端设备根据指示第一索引的字段,确定出第二索引,并且第二索引大于或者等于指示第一索引的字段所指示出的第一索引。其中,第一索引为第一TBS索引,则第二索引为第二TBS索引;第一索引为第一MCS索引,则第二索引为第二MCS索引。Specifically, first, the terminal device determines the second index according to the field indicating the first index, and the second index is greater than or equal to the first index indicated by the field indicating the first index. The first index is the first TBS index, and the second index is the second TBS index; the first index is the first MCS index, and the second index is the second MCS index.
在一种可选的实施方式中,终端设备根据UL grant中的预留比特位,确定指示第一索引的字段指示的状态。例如,现有的指示MCS索引的字段包含3比特,为b2b1b0,预留比特为R,结合后的得到的字段为Rb2b1b0,当UL grant中的R置为1时,Rb2b1b0指示的状态为1000~1111,对应的MCS的索引为8~17共8种状态。又例如,现有的指示MCS索引的字段包含3比特,为b2b1b0,预留比特为R1和R0,结合后的得到的字段为R1R0b2b1b0;当UL grant中的R置为1时,R1R0b2b1b0指示的状态为01000~11111,对应的MCS的索引为8~31。再例如,CE ModeB时,现有的指示TBS索引的字段包含2比特,为b1b0,预留比特为R,结合后的得到的字段为Rb1b0;当UL grant中的R置为1时,Rb1b0指示的状态为100~111,对应的MCS的索引为4~7共4种状态。举例来说,若第一MCS索引=0~7,当UL grant中的R置为1时,第二MCS索引的范围为8~15,对应的TBS索引取值为8~14,其中第一MCS、第二MCS索引、TBS索引都是整数;若第一TBS索引=0~3,当UL grant中的R置为1时,则联合编码后的第二TBS索引取值为4~7,其中,第一TBS索引、第二TBS索引都是整数。In an optional implementation manner, the terminal device determines, according to the reserved bit in the UL grant, a status indicating a field indication of the first index. For example, the existing field indicating the MCS index includes 3 bits, which is b 2 b 1 b 0 , the reserved bit is R, and the combined field obtained is Rb 2 b 1 b 0 , when the R in the UL grant is set to At 1 o'clock, the state indicated by Rb 2 b 1 b 0 is 1000 to 1111, and the index of the corresponding MCS is 8 states of 8 to 17 in total. For another example, the existing field indicating the MCS index includes 3 bits, which is b 2 b 1 b 0 , the reserved bits are R 1 and R 0 , and the combined fields obtained are R 1 R 0 b 2 b 1 b 0 When R in the UL grant is set to 1, the state indicated by R 1 R 0 b 2 b 1 b 0 is 01000 to 11111, and the index of the corresponding MCS is 8 to 31. For example, in CE ModeB, the existing field indicating the TBS index contains 2 bits, which is b 1 b 0 , the reserved bit is R, and the combined field is Rb 1 b 0 ; when the R in the UL grant is set When it is 1, the state indicated by Rb 1 b 0 is 100 to 111, and the index of the corresponding MCS is 4 to 7 in total. For example, if the first MCS index is 0 to 7, when the R in the UL grant is set to 1, the range of the second MCS index is 8 to 15, and the corresponding TBS index is 8 to 14, wherein the first The MCS, the second MCS index, and the TBS index are all integers; if the first TBS index is 0 to 3, when the R in the UL grant is set to 1, the joint encoded second TBS index is 4 to 7. The first TBS index and the second TBS index are all integers.
然后,终端设备根据资源分配字段指示的资源指示值,确定第一物理资源数;这里,确定第一物理资源数的方法可以采用图8的步骤102中的确定第一物理资源数的方法。接着,终端设备根据第一物理资源数和第二索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与第一物理资源数和第二索引对应的TBSize。进而,终端设备可以将查询到的传输块大小,作为上行信息的传输块大小。并且,在查询到的传输块大小小于等于预设比特值 时,终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小为上行信息的传输块大小;在查询到的传输块大小大于预设比特值时,终端设备确定预设比特值为上行信息的传输块大小;或者,在查询到的传输块大小大于预设比特值时,终端设备将TBS索引进行回退,直至查找到一个小于等于预设比特值的传输块大小,并将该传输块大小作为上行信息的传输块大小,同时,这种情况下,终端设备保持查表所用的物理资源数不变。在可选的一种实施方式中,预设比特值为1000比特。Then, the terminal device determines the first physical resource number according to the resource indication value indicated by the resource allocation field. Here, the method for determining the first physical resource number may adopt the method for determining the first physical resource number in step 102 of FIG. 8 . Next, the terminal device queries the TBSize corresponding to the first physical resource number and the second index in the transport block size table according to the first physical resource number and the second index. Furthermore, the terminal device can use the queried transport block size as the transport block size of the uplink information. And, the size of the transport block that is queried is less than or equal to the preset bit value. The terminal device determines that the queried transport block size is the transport block size of the uplink information; when the queried transport block size is greater than the preset bit value, the terminal device determines that the preset bit value is the transport block size of the uplink information; or When the queried transport block size is greater than the preset bit value, the terminal device rewinds the TBS index until a transport block size less than or equal to the preset bit value is found, and the transport block size is used as the transport block of the uplink information. Size, at the same time, in this case, the number of physical resources used by the terminal device to keep the table looked unchanged. In an optional embodiment, the preset bit value is 1000 bits.
举例来说,预留比特位R置为1时,针对于CE ModeA的终端设备,终端设备可以根据指示第一索引的字段,确定出第二MCS索引可以为8~15中的任意一个值,对应的TBS索引取值为8~14。此时,终端设备可以在TBS表格中确定出的TBSize的范围如表14所示,此时,终端设备采用第一物理资源数的个数取值为1、2、3、6,TBS索引取值为8~14进行查表,对应的TBSize的数据最大为1736比特。但是由于CEModeA的终端设备限制了上行信息的最大TBSize不可以超过预设比特值,例如该预设比特值为1000比特,进而此时确定TBSize的数据最大为936比特。For example, when the reserved bit R is set to 1, the terminal device can determine, according to the field indicating the first index, that the second MCS index can be any one of 8 to 15, according to the terminal device of the CE ModeA. The corresponding TBS index is 8 to 14. At this time, the range of the TBSize that the terminal device can determine in the TBS table is as shown in Table 14. At this time, the number of the first physical resource used by the terminal device is 1, 2, 3, and 6, and the TBS index is taken. The value is 8 to 14 for table lookup, and the corresponding TBSize data is up to 1736 bits. However, since the terminal device of the CEModeA limits the maximum TBSize of the uplink information to not exceed the preset bit value, for example, the preset bit value is 1000 bits, and thus the data of the TBSize is determined to be at most 936 bits.
表14步骤502针对CE ModeA的终端设备确定的TBSize的范围Table 14 Step 502: Range of TBSize determined for the terminal device of CE ModeA
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000018
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000018
又举例来说,预留比特位R置为1时,针对于CE ModeB的终端设备,终端设备可以根据指示第一索引的字段,确定出第二TBS索引可以为4~7中的任意一个值。此时,终端设备可以在TBS表格中确定出的TBSize的范围如表15所示,此时,终端设备采用第一物理资源数的个数取值为3、6,TBS索引取值为4~7进行查表,对应的TBSize的数据最大为712比特。并且,CE ModeB的终端设备可以限制了上行信息的最大TBSize不可以超过预设比特值,例如该预设比特值为1000比特。 For example, when the reserved bit R is set to 1, the terminal device can determine, according to the field indicating the first index, that the second TBS index can be any one of 4 to 7 for the terminal device of the CE ModeB. . At this time, the range of the TBSize that can be determined by the terminal device in the TBS table is as shown in Table 15. At this time, the number of the first physical resource used by the terminal device is 3, 6, and the value of the TBS index is 4 to 7 to check the table, the corresponding TBSize data is up to 712 bits. Moreover, the terminal device of the CE ModeB can limit the maximum TBSize of the uplink information to not exceed the preset bit value, for example, the preset bit value is 1000 bits.
表15步骤502针对CE ModeB的终端设备确定的TBSize的范围Table 15 Step 502: Range of TBSize determined for the terminal device of the CE ModeB
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000019
Figure PCTCN2017097287-appb-000019
图18为本申请实施例提供的其他一种确定传输块大小的方法的信令图。用于实现图17所示的各步骤。如图18所示,该方法包括:FIG. 18 is a signaling diagram of another method for determining a transport block size according to an embodiment of the present application. Used to implement the steps shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 18, the method includes:
S51、终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引。S51. The terminal device receives a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding mode index.
在可选的是一种实施方式中,随机接入响应中还包括:类型指示字段;类型指示字段用于指示终端设备是否采用第一查询方式确定上行信息的传输块大小。In an optional implementation manner, the random access response further includes: a type indication field, where the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
在本实施例中,本步骤参见图17的步骤501,不再赘述。In this embodiment, refer to step 501 in FIG. 17 for details, and details are not described herein again.
S52、终端设备根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第二索引,其中,第二索引是第二传输块大小索引或者第二调制编码方式索引,第二索引大于或者等于第一索引;S52. The terminal device determines, according to the field indicating the first index, the second index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, where the second index is greater than or equal to the first index.
S53、终端设备根据资源分配字段和第二索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与资源分配字段和第二索引对应的传输块大小;S53. The terminal device queries, according to the resource allocation field and the second index, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index in the transport block size table.
S54、终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。S54. The terminal device determines the queried transport block size, which is a transport block size of the uplink information.
在本实施例中,步骤S52-S54参见图17的步骤5021-5023,不再赘述。In this embodiment, steps S52-S54 refer to steps 5021-5023 of FIG. 17, and details are not described herein again.
本实施例,通过终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引;终端设备根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第二索引,其中,第二索引是第二传输块大小索引或者第二调制编码方式索引,第二索引大于或者等于第一索引;终端设备根据资源分配字段和第二索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与资源分配字段和第二索引对应的传输块大小;终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。从而通过将指示第一索引的字段映射为第二索引,并且需要第二索引是大于或者等于第一索引的;在传输块大小表格中查询与第二索引和第一物理资源数对应的传输块大小,由于,第二索引是大于或者等于第一索引的,从而可以查询到大于第二种查询方式所确定的传输块大小的传输块大小;并且,采用第一查询方式确定的最大传输块大小,大于采用第二查询方式确定的最大传输块大小。In this embodiment, the terminal device receives the random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding manner. An index is determined by the terminal device according to the field indicating the first index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, and the second index is greater than or equal to the first index; The resource allocation field and the second index query the transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index in the transport block size table; the terminal device determines the queried transport block size, which is the transport block size of the uplink information. Thereby by mapping the field indicating the first index to the second index, and requiring the second index to be greater than or equal to the first index; querying the transport block corresponding to the second index and the first physical resource number in the transport block size table The size, because the second index is greater than or equal to the first index, so that the transport block size larger than the transport block size determined by the second query mode can be queried; and the maximum transport block size determined by the first query mode is used. , greater than the maximum transport block size determined by the second query mode.
图19为本申请实施例提供的其他又一种确定传输块大小的方法流程示意图。如图 19所示,该方法包括:FIG. 19 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining a size of a transport block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown As shown in 19, the method includes:
601、网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入响应,其中,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引,资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段用于终端设备确定上行信息的传输块大小,上行信息为随机接入响应所调度的。601. The network device sends a random access response to the terminal device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding mode index. The resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index are used by the terminal device to determine the transport block size of the uplink information, and the uplink information is scheduled by the random access response.
在可选的一种实施方式中,随机接入响应中还包括:类型指示字段;In an optional implementation manner, the random access response further includes: a type indication field;
类型指示字段用于指示终端设备是否采用第一查询方式确定上行信息的传输块大小。The type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
本实施例中,本步骤可以参见图8-图18中的任一方法,不再赘述。In this embodiment, reference may be made to any of the methods in FIG. 8 to FIG. 18, and details are not described herein again.
图20为本申请实施例提供的其他又一种确定传输块大小的方法的信令图。用于实现19所示的各步骤。如图20所示,该方法包括:FIG. 20 is a signaling diagram of another method for determining a transport block size according to an embodiment of the present application. Used to implement the steps shown in 19. As shown in FIG. 20, the method includes:
S61、网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入响应,其中,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引,资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段用于终端设备确定上行信息的传输块大小,上行信息为随机接入响应所调度的。S61. The network device sends a random access response to the terminal device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding mode index. The resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index are used by the terminal device to determine the transport block size of the uplink information, and the uplink information is scheduled by the random access response.
本实施例中,本步骤可以参见图19的步骤601,不再赘述。In this embodiment, reference may be made to step 601 in FIG. 19, and details are not described herein again.
本实施例,通过网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入响应,其中,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引,资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段用于终端设备确定上行信息的传输块大小,上行信息为随机接入响应所调度的。可以采用图11-图18中的采用第一查询方式,根据资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,确定上行信息的传输块大小。从而采用第一查询方式可以查询到的传输块大小,大于第二种查询方式所确定的传输块大小;并且,采用第一查询方式确定的最大传输块大小,大于采用第二查询方式确定的最大传输块大小。In this embodiment, the random access response is sent to the terminal device by using the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation code. The mode index, the resource allocation field, and the field indicating the first index are used by the terminal device to determine the transport block size of the uplink information, and the uplink information is scheduled by the random access response. The first query mode in FIG. 11 to FIG. 18 may be adopted, and the transport block size of the uplink information is determined according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index. Therefore, the size of the transport block that can be queried by using the first query mode is greater than the transport block size determined by the second query mode; and the maximum transport block size determined by using the first query mode is greater than the maximum determined by using the second query mode. Transport block size.
图21为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图。如图21所示,该终端设备包括:FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 21, the terminal device includes:
接收模块71,用于接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引;The receiving module 71 is configured to receive a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation coding mode index ;
确定模块72,用于根据资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,确定随机接入响应所调度的上行信息的传输块大小。The determining module 72 is configured to determine, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, a transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response.
其中,确定模块72,具体用于:终端设备采用第二查询方式,根据资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,确定上行信息的传输块大小。The determining module 72 is specifically configured to: the terminal device adopts a second query mode, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index.
可选的一种实施方式中,确定模块72,具体用于:In an optional implementation manner, the determining module 72 is specifically configured to:
根据资源分配字段,确定第一物理资源数,其中,第一物理资源数是终端设备传输上行信息的物理资源数,第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;Determining, according to the resource allocation field, the first physical resource number, where the first physical resource number is a physical resource number that the terminal device transmits the uplink information, where the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a sub-carrier;
根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;Determining a first index according to a field indicating the first index;
根据第一物理资源数和第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与第一索引和第一物 理资源数对应的传输块的大小;Querying the first index and the first object in the transport block size table according to the first physical resource number and the first index The size of the transport block corresponding to the number of resources;
确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。Determine the size of the transmitted transport block, which is the transport block size of the uplink information.
其中,接收模块71可以执行图8所示方法的步骤101,确定模块72可以执行图8所示方法的步骤202。The receiving module 71 can perform step 101 of the method shown in FIG. 8, and the determining module 72 can perform step 202 of the method shown in FIG.
在本实施例中,图21所示实施例的终端设备可用于执行上述方法中图8-图10所示实施例的技术方案,其实现原理和技术效果类似,此处不再赘述。In this embodiment, the terminal device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 21 can be used to perform the technical solution of the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 to FIG. 10 in the foregoing method, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
本实施例,通过终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引;终端设备根据资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,确定随机接入响应所调度的上行信息的传输块大小。可以采用图11-图18中的采用第一查询方式,根据资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,确定上行信息的传输块大小。从而采用第一查询方式可以查询到的传输块大小,大于第二种查询方式所确定的传输块大小;并且,采用第一查询方式确定的最大传输块大小,大于采用第二查询方式确定的最大传输块大小。In this embodiment, the terminal device receives the random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding manner. And determining, by the terminal device, a transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index. The first query mode in FIG. 11 to FIG. 18 may be adopted, and the transport block size of the uplink information is determined according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index. Therefore, the size of the transport block that can be queried by using the first query mode is greater than the transport block size determined by the second query mode; and the maximum transport block size determined by using the first query mode is greater than the maximum determined by using the second query mode. Transport block size.
图22为本申请实施例提供的又一种终端设备的结构示意图。如图22所示,该终端设备包括:FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of still another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 22, the terminal device includes:
接收模块81,用于接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引;The receiving module 81 is configured to receive a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding mode index ;
确定模块82,采用第一查询方式,根据资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,确定上行信息的传输块大小。The determining module 82 determines, by using the first query mode, the transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index.
在可选的一种实施方式中,随机接入响应中还包括:类型指示字段;类型指示字段用于指示终端设备是否采用第一查询方式确定上行信息的传输块大小。In an optional implementation manner, the random access response further includes: a type indication field, where the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
在本实施例中,图22所示实施例的终端设备可用于执行上述方法中图11-图18所示实施例的技术方案,其实现原理和技术效果类似,此处不再赘述。In this embodiment, the terminal device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 22 can be used to perform the technical solution of the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 to FIG. 18 in the foregoing method, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
本实施例,通过终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引;终端设备采用第一查询方式,根据资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,确定上行信息的传输块大小。可以采用图11-图18中的采用第一查询方式,根据资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,确定上行信息的传输块大小。从而采用第一查询方式可以查询到的传输块大小,大于第二种查询方式所确定的传输块大小;并且,采用第一查询方式确定的最大传输块大小,大于采用第二查询方式确定的最大传输块大小。In this embodiment, the terminal device receives the random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding manner. The terminal device adopts the first query mode, and determines the transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index. The first query mode in FIG. 11 to FIG. 18 may be adopted, and the transport block size of the uplink information is determined according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index. Therefore, the size of the transport block that can be queried by using the first query mode is greater than the transport block size determined by the second query mode; and the maximum transport block size determined by using the first query mode is greater than the maximum determined by using the second query mode. Transport block size.
图23为本申请实施例提供的又一种终端设备的结构示意图。在图22所示实施例的基础上,如图23所示,确定模块82,包括:FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of still another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application. On the basis of the embodiment shown in FIG. 22, as shown in FIG. 23, the determining module 82 includes:
第一确定子模块821a,用于根据资源分配字段,确定第一物理资源数,其中,第一物理资源数是终端设备传输上行信息的物理资源数,第一物理资源是物理资源块或 子载波;a first determining sub-module 821a, configured to determine, according to a resource allocation field, a first physical resource number, where the first physical resource number is a physical resource number that the terminal device transmits uplink information, where the first physical resource is a physical resource block or Subcarrier
第二确定子模块822a,用于根据第一物理资源数,确定第二物理资源数,其中,第二物理资源数大于等于第一物理资源数;a second determining sub-module 822a, configured to determine, according to the first physical resource number, a second physical resource number, where the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the first physical resource number;
第三确定子模块823a,用于根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;a third determining submodule 823a, configured to determine a first index according to a field indicating the first index;
第四确定子模块824a,用于将与第二物理资源数和第一索引对应的传输块大小,确定为上行信息的传输块大小。The fourth determining submodule 824a is configured to determine a transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
在可选的一种实施方式中,第四确定子模块824a,具体用于:根据第二物理资源数和第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与第一索引和第二物理资源数对应的传输块大小;确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。In an optional implementation manner, the fourth determining submodule 824a is specifically configured to: query, according to the second physical resource number and the first index, the first index and the second physical resource number in the transport block size table The transport block size; the size of the transport block to be queried is determined as the transport block size of the uplink information.
其中,第一确定子模块821a可以执行图11所示方法的步骤2021,第二确定子模块822a可以执行图11所示方法的步骤2022,第三确定子模块823a可以执行图11所示方法的步骤2023,第四确定子模块824a可以执行图11所示方法的步骤2024和步骤2025。The first determining submodule 821a may perform the step 2021 of the method shown in FIG. 11, the second determining submodule 822a may perform the step 2022 of the method shown in FIG. 11, and the third determining submodule 823a may perform the method shown in FIG. Step 2023, the fourth determining sub-module 824a can perform steps 2024 and 2025 of the method shown in FIG.
在本实施例中,图23所示实施例的终端设备可用于执行上述方法中图11-图12所示实施例的技术方案,其实现原理和技术效果类似,此处不再赘述。In this embodiment, the terminal device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 23 can be used to perform the technical solution of the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 to FIG. 12 in the foregoing method, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
本实施例,通过终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引;终端设备根据资源分配字段,确定第一物理资源数,其中,第一物理资源数是终端设备传输上行信息的物理资源数,第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;终端设备根据第一物理资源数,确定第二物理资源数,其中,第二物理资源数大于等于第一物理资源数;终端设备根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;终端设备根据第二物理资源数和第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与第一索引和第二物理资源数对应的传输块大小;终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。从而通过将第一物理资源数映射为大于等于第一物理资源数的第二物理资源数,去采用第二物理资源数和第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与第一索引和第二物理资源数对应的传输块大小,由于,第二物理资源数大于等于第一物理资源数的,从而可以查询到大于第二种查询方式所确定的传输块大小的传输块大小;并且,采用第一查询方式确定的最大传输块大小,大于采用第二查询方式确定的最大传输块大小。In this embodiment, the terminal device receives the random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding manner. The terminal device determines the first physical resource number according to the resource allocation field, where the first physical resource number is the physical resource number of the terminal device transmitting the uplink information, and the first physical resource is the physical resource block or the sub-carrier; Determining, by a physical resource number, a second physical resource number, where the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the first physical resource number; the terminal device determines the first index according to the field indicating the first index; and the terminal device is configured according to the second physical resource number And the first index, the transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number is queried in the transport block size table; the terminal device determines the queried transport block size, which is the transport block size of the uplink information. Therefore, by mapping the first physical resource number to a second physical resource number equal to or greater than the first physical resource number, using the second physical resource number and the first index, querying the first index and the second in the transport block size table The transport block size corresponding to the number of the physical resources, because the number of the second physical resources is greater than or equal to the number of the first physical resources, so that the transport block size larger than the transport block size determined by the second query mode can be queried; The maximum transport block size determined by a query mode is greater than the maximum transport block size determined by the second query mode.
图24为本申请实施例提供的另一种终端设备的结构示意图。在图22所示实施例的基础上,如图24所示,确定模块82,包括:FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application. On the basis of the embodiment shown in FIG. 22, as shown in FIG. 24, the determining module 82 includes:
第五确定子模块821b,用于根据资源分配字段,确定第二物理资源数,其中,第二物理资源数的取值最大值大于等于与资源分配字段对应的第一物理资源数的取值最大值,第一物理资源数是终端设备传输上行信息的物理资源数,第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;The fifth determining sub-module 821b is configured to determine, according to the resource allocation field, the second physical resource number, where the maximum value of the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the maximum value of the first physical resource number corresponding to the resource allocation field. The value of the first physical resource is the number of physical resources that the terminal device transmits the uplink information, where the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier;
第六确定子模块822b,用于根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;a sixth determining submodule 822b, configured to determine a first index according to a field indicating the first index;
第七确定子模块823b,用于将与第二物理资源数和第一索引对应的传输块大小,确定为上行信息的传输块大小。The seventh determining submodule 823b is configured to determine a transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
在可选的一种实施方式中,第七确定子模块823b,具体用于:根据第二物理资源 数和第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与第一索引和第二物理资源数对应的传输块大小;确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。In an optional implementation manner, the seventh determining submodule 823b is specifically configured to: according to the second physical resource And the first index, in the transport block size table, query the transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number; determine the transport block size that is queried, and determine the transport block size of the uplink information.
其中,第五确定子模块821b可以执行图13所示方法的步骤3021,第六确定子模块822b可以执行图13所示方法的步骤3022,第七确定子模块823b可以执行图13所示方法的步骤3023和步骤3024。The fifth determining submodule 821b may perform step 3021 of the method shown in FIG. 13, the sixth determining submodule 822b may perform step 3022 of the method shown in FIG. 13, and the seventh determining submodule 823b may perform the method shown in FIG. Step 3023 and step 3024.
在本实施例中,图24所示实施例的终端设备可用于执行上述方法中图13-图14所示实施例的技术方案,其实现原理和技术效果类似,此处不再赘述。In this embodiment, the terminal device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 24 can be used to perform the technical solution of the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 to FIG. 14 in the foregoing method, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
本实施例,通过终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引;终端设备根据资源分配字段,确定第二物理资源数,其中,第二物理资源数的取值最大值大于等于与资源分配字段对应的第一物理资源数的取值最大值,第一物理资源数是终端设备传输上行信息的物理资源数,第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;终端设备根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;终端设备根据第二物理资源数和第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与第一索引和第二物理资源数对应的传输块大小;终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。从而通过将资源分配字段映射为第二物理资源数,并且需要第二物理资源数的取值最大值大于等于与资源分配字段对应的第一物理资源数的取值最大值;然后去采用第二物理资源数和第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与第一索引和第二物理资源数对应的传输块大小,由于,第二物理资源数的取值最大值大于等于与资源分配字段对应的第一物理资源数的取值最大值,从而可以采用第一查询方式确定的最大传输块大小,大于采用第二查询方式确定的最大传输块大小。In this embodiment, the terminal device receives the random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding manner. An index is determined by the terminal device according to the resource allocation field, where the maximum value of the second physical resource is greater than or equal to a maximum value of the first physical resource corresponding to the resource allocation field, and the first physical The number of resources is the number of physical resources that the terminal device transmits the uplink information, and the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier; the terminal device determines the first index according to the field indicating the first index; and the terminal device determines the number of the second physical resource according to the second physical resource number An index is used to query a transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number in the transport block size table; the terminal device determines the transport block size that is queried, and is the transport block size of the uplink information. Therefore, the resource allocation field is mapped to the second physical resource number, and the maximum value of the second physical resource number is required to be greater than or equal to the maximum value of the first physical resource number corresponding to the resource allocation field; The number of physical resources and the first index, the size of the transport block corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number is queried in the transport block size table, because the maximum value of the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the resource allocation field The maximum value of the first physical resource number is determined, so that the maximum transport block size determined by the first query mode is greater than the maximum transport block size determined by the second query mode.
图25为本申请实施例提供的再一种终端设备的结构示意图。在图22所示实施例的基础上,如图25所示,该终端设备包括:FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of still another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application. On the basis of the embodiment shown in FIG. 22, as shown in FIG. 25, the terminal device includes:
接收模块81,用于接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引;The receiving module 81 is configured to receive a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding mode index ;
确定模块82,采用第一查询方式,根据资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,确定上行信息的传输块大小。The determining module 82 determines, by using the first query mode, the transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index.
确定模块82,包括:The determining module 82 includes:
第八确定子模块821c,用于根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;An eighth determining submodule 821c, configured to determine a first index according to a field indicating the first index;
第九确定子模块822c,用于根据第一索引,确定第二索引,其中,第二索引是第二传输块大小索引或者第二调制编码方式索引,第二索引大于或者等于第一索引;a ninth determining sub-module 822c, configured to determine, according to the first index, a second index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation coding mode index, where the second index is greater than or equal to the first index;
第十确定子模块823c,用于将与资源分配字段和第二索引对应的传输块大小,确定为上行信息的传输块大小。The tenth determining submodule 823c is configured to determine a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
在可选的一种实施方式中,第十确定子模块823c,具体用于:根据资源分配字段和第二索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与资源分配字段和第二索引对应的传输块大小;确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。In an optional implementation manner, the tenth determining submodule 823c is specifically configured to: query, according to the resource allocation field and the second index, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index in the transport block size table. The size of the transport block to be queried is determined as the transport block size of the uplink information.
其中,第八确定子模块821c可以执行图15所示方法的步骤4021,第九确定子模 块822c可以执行图15所示方法的步骤4022,第十确定子模块823c,可以执行图15所示方法的步骤4023和步骤4024。The eighth determining submodule 821c may perform step 4021 of the method shown in FIG. Block 822c may perform step 4022 of the method illustrated in FIG. 15, a tenth determination sub-module 823c that may perform steps 4023 and 4024 of the method illustrated in FIG.
在本实施例中,图25所示实施例的终端设备可用于执行上述方法中图15-图16所示实施例的技术方案,其实现原理和技术效果类似,此处不再赘述。In this embodiment, the terminal device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 25 can be used to perform the technical solution of the embodiment shown in FIG. 15 to FIG. 16 in the foregoing method, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
本实施例,通过终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引;终端设备根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;终端设备根据第一索引,确定第二索引,其中,第二索引是第二传输块大小索引或者第二调制编码方式索引,第二索引大于或者等于第一索引;终端设备根据资源分配字段和第二索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与资源分配字段和第二索引对应的传输块大小;终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。从而通过将第一索引映射为第二索引,并且需要第二索引是大于或者等于第一索引的;在传输块大小表格中查询与第二索引和第一物理资源数对应的传输块大小,由于,第二索引是大于或者等于第一索引的,从而可以查询到大于第二种查询方式所确定的传输块大小的传输块大小;并且,采用第一查询方式确定的最大传输块大小,大于采用第二查询方式确定的最大传输块大小。In this embodiment, the terminal device receives the random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding manner. An index is determined by the terminal device according to the field indicating the first index; the terminal device determines the second index according to the first index, where the second index is the second transport block size index or the second modulation and coding mode index, The second index is greater than or equal to the first index; the terminal device queries, in the transport block size table, the transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index according to the resource allocation field and the second index; the terminal device determines the size of the transport block that is queried , the transport block size for the upstream information. Thereby by mapping the first index to the second index, and requiring the second index to be greater than or equal to the first index; querying the transport block size corresponding to the second index and the first physical resource number in the transport block size table, due to The second index is greater than or equal to the first index, so that the transport block size larger than the transport block size determined by the second query mode can be queried; and the maximum transport block size determined by using the first query mode is greater than The maximum transport block size determined by the second query mode.
图26为本申请实施例提供的再一种终端设备的结构示意图。在图22所示实施例的基础上,如图26所示,确定模块82,包括:FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of still another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application. On the basis of the embodiment shown in FIG. 22, as shown in FIG. 26, the determining module 82 includes:
第十一确定子模块821d,用于根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第二索引,其中,第二索引是第二传输块大小索引或者第二调制编码方式索引,第二索引大于或者等于第一索引;The eleventh determining sub-module 821d is configured to determine a second index according to the field indicating the first index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation coding mode index, where the second index is greater than or equal to the first index An index
第十二确定子模块822d,用于将与资源分配字段和第二索引对应的传输块大小,确定为上行信息的传输块大小。The twelfth determining sub-module 822d is configured to determine a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
在可选的一种实施方式中,第十二确定子模块822d,具体用于:根据资源分配字段和第二索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与资源分配字段和第二索引对应的传输块大小;确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。In an optional implementation manner, the twelfth determining submodule 822d is specifically configured to: in the transport block size table, query a transport block corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index according to the resource allocation field and the second index. Size; determines the size of the transmitted transport block, which is the transport block size of the upstream information.
其中,第十一确定子模块821d可以执行图17所示方法的步骤5021,第十二确定子模块822d,可以执行图17所示方法的步骤5022和步骤5023。The eleventh determining sub-module 821d may perform step 5021 of the method shown in FIG. 17, and the twelfth determining sub-module 822d may perform step 5022 and step 5023 of the method shown in FIG.
在本实施例中,图26所示实施例的终端设备可用于执行上述方法中图17-图18所示实施例的技术方案,其实现原理和技术效果类似,此处不再赘述。In this embodiment, the terminal device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 26 can be used to perform the technical solution of the embodiment shown in FIG. 17 to FIG. 18 in the foregoing method, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
本实施例,通过终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引;终端设备根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第二索引,其中,第二索引是第二传输块大小索引或者第二调制编码方式索引,第二索引大于或者等于第一索引;终端设备根据资源分配字段和第二索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与资源分配字段和第二索引对应的传输块大小;终端设备确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。从而通过将指示第一索引的字段映射为第二索引,并且需要第二索引是大于或者等于第一索引的;在传输块大小表格中查询与第二索引和第一物理资源数对 应的传输块大小,由于,第二索引是大于或者等于第一索引的,从而可以查询到大于第二种查询方式所确定的传输块大小的传输块大小;并且,采用第一查询方式确定的最大传输块大小,大于采用第二查询方式确定的最大传输块大小。In this embodiment, the terminal device receives the random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation and coding manner. An index is determined by the terminal device according to the field indicating the first index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, and the second index is greater than or equal to the first index; The resource allocation field and the second index query the transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index in the transport block size table; the terminal device determines the queried transport block size, which is the transport block size of the uplink information. Thereby by mapping the field indicating the first index to the second index, and requiring the second index to be greater than or equal to the first index; querying the second index and the first physical resource number in the transport block size table The transport block size, because the second index is greater than or equal to the first index, so that the transport block size larger than the transport block size determined by the second query mode can be queried; and, determined by the first query mode The maximum transport block size is greater than the maximum transport block size determined by the second query mode.
图27为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图。如图27所示,该网络设备,包括:FIG. 27 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 27, the network device includes:
发送模块91,用于向终端设备发送随机接入响应,其中,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引,资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段用于终端设备确定上行信息的传输块大小,上行信息为随机接入响应所调度的。The sending module 91 is configured to send a random access response to the terminal device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding manner The index, the resource allocation field, and the field indicating the first index are used by the terminal device to determine the transport block size of the uplink information, and the uplink information is scheduled by the random access response.
在可选的一种实施方式中,随机接入响应中还包括:类型指示字段;类型指示字段用于指示终端设备是否采用第一查询方式确定上行信息的传输块大小。In an optional implementation manner, the random access response further includes: a type indication field, where the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
其中,发送模块91可以执行图19所示方法的步骤6101。The sending module 91 can execute step 6101 of the method shown in FIG.
在本实施例中,图27所示实施例的终端设备可用于执行上述方法中图19-图20所示实施例的技术方案,其实现原理和技术效果类似,此处不再赘述。In this embodiment, the terminal device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 27 can be used to perform the technical solution of the embodiment shown in FIG. 19 to FIG. 20 in the foregoing method, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
本实施例,通过网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入响应,其中,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引,资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段用于终端设备确定上行信息的传输块大小,上行信息为随机接入响应所调度的。并且,可以采用图11-图18中的采用第一查询方式,根据资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,确定上行信息的传输块大小。从而采用第一查询方式可以查询到的传输块大小,大于第二种查询方式所确定的传输块大小;并且,采用第一查询方式确定的最大传输块大小,大于采用第二查询方式确定的最大传输块大小。In this embodiment, the random access response is sent to the terminal device by using the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is the first transport block size index or the first modulation code. The mode index, the resource allocation field, and the field indicating the first index are used by the terminal device to determine the transport block size of the uplink information, and the uplink information is scheduled by the random access response. Moreover, the first query mode in FIG. 11 to FIG. 18 may be adopted, and the transport block size of the uplink information is determined according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index. Therefore, the size of the transport block that can be queried by using the first query mode is greater than the transport block size determined by the second query mode; and the maximum transport block size determined by using the first query mode is greater than the maximum determined by using the second query mode. Transport block size.
图28为本申请实施例提供的其他一种终端设备的结构示意图。如图28所示,该终端设备可以用于执行图8-图18所示实施例中终端设备的动作或步骤,该终端设备包括:接收器3011、发送器3012、处理器3013、存储器3014。FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 28, the terminal device may be configured to perform the actions or steps of the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 to FIG. 18. The terminal device includes: a receiver 3011, a transmitter 3012, a processor 3013, and a memory 3014.
接收器3011,用于接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引。The receiver 3011 is configured to receive a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating the first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation coding mode index .
处理器3013,用于根据资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,确定随机接入响应所调度的上行信息的传输块大小。The processor 3013 is configured to determine, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, a transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response.
存储器3014,用于存储程序。The memory 3014 is configured to store a program.
在可选的一种实施方式中,处理器3013,具体用于:采用第一查询方式,根据资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,确定上行信息的传输块大小。此时,处理器3013可以执行图11-18所示方法的第一个步骤之后的步骤。In an optional implementation manner, the processor 3013 is configured to: determine, by using the first query mode, the transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index. At this point, processor 3013 can perform the steps following the first step of the method illustrated in Figures 11-18.
在可选的一种实施方式中,处理器3013,具体用于:根据资源分配字段,确定第一物理资源数,其中,第一物理资源数是终端设备传输上行信息的物理资源数,第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;根据第一物理资源数,确定第二物理资源数,其中, 第二物理资源数大于等于第一物理资源数;根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;将与第二物理资源数和第一索引对应的传输块大小,确定为上行信息的传输块大小。在一种可能的设计中,处理器,3013具体用于:根据第二物理资源数和第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与第一索引和第二物理资源数对应的传输块大小;确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。此时,处理器3013可以执行图11所示方法的步骤2021-2025,可以执行图12所示方法的步骤S22-S26,进而处理器3013可以实现图23中确定模块82的各功能。In an optional implementation manner, the processor 3013 is configured to: determine, according to a resource allocation field, a first physical resource number, where the first physical resource number is a physical resource number that the terminal device transmits uplink information, where The physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier; and the second physical resource number is determined according to the first physical resource number, where The second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the first physical resource number; the first index is determined according to the field indicating the first index; and the transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index is determined as the transport block of the uplink information. size. In a possible design, the processor, 3013 is specifically configured to: query, according to the second physical resource number and the first index, a transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number in the transport block size table; Determine the size of the transmitted transport block, which is the transport block size of the uplink information. At this time, the processor 3013 can execute steps 2021-2025 of the method shown in FIG. 11, and can perform steps S22-S26 of the method shown in FIG. 12, and the processor 3013 can implement the functions of the determining module 82 in FIG.
在可选的一种实施方式中,处理器3013,具体用于:根据资源分配字段,确定第二物理资源数,其中,第二物理资源数的取值最大值大于等于与资源分配字段对应的第一物理资源数的取值最大值,第一物理资源数是终端设备传输上行信息的物理资源数,第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;将与第二物理资源数和第一索引对应的传输块大小,确定为上行信息的传输块大小。在一种可能的设计中,处理器3013,具体用于:根据第二物理资源数和第一索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与第一索引和第二物理资源数对应的传输块大小;确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。此时,处理器3013可以执行图13所示方法的步骤3021-3024,可以执行图14所示方法的步骤S32-S35,进而处理器3013可以实现图24中确定模块82的各功能。In an optional implementation manner, the processor 3013 is configured to: determine, according to the resource allocation field, the second physical resource number, where the maximum value of the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the resource allocation field. The maximum value of the first physical resource number, the first physical resource number is the physical resource number of the terminal device transmitting the uplink information, and the first physical resource is the physical resource block or the sub-carrier; determining the first according to the field indicating the first index Index; the transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index is determined as the transport block size of the uplink information. In a possible design, the processor 3013 is configured to: query, according to the second physical resource number and the first index, a transport block size corresponding to the first index and the second physical resource number in the transport block size table; Determine the size of the transmitted transport block, which is the transport block size of the uplink information. At this time, the processor 3013 can execute steps 3021-3024 of the method shown in FIG. 13, and can perform steps S32-S35 of the method shown in FIG. 14, and the processor 3013 can implement the functions of the determining module 82 in FIG.
在可选的一种实施方式中,处理器3013,具体用于:根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;根据第一索引,确定第二索引,其中,第二索引是第二传输块大小索引或者第二调制编码方式索引,第二索引大于或者等于第一索引;将与资源分配字段和第二索引对应的传输块大小,确定为上行信息的传输块大小。在一种可能的设计中,处理器3013,具体用于:根据资源分配字段和第二索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与资源分配字段和第二索引对应的传输块大小;确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。此时,处理器3013可以执行图15所示方法的步骤4021-4024,可以执行图16所示方法的步骤S42-S45,进而处理器3013可以实现图25中确定模块82的各功能。In an optional implementation manner, the processor 3013 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index; determine, according to the first index, the second index, where the second index is the second transmission The block size index or the second modulation coding mode index, the second index is greater than or equal to the first index; and the transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index is determined as the transport block size of the uplink information. In a possible design, the processor 3013 is configured to: query, according to the resource allocation field and the second index, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index in the transport block size table; determine the queried Transport block size, which is the transport block size of the upstream information. At this time, the processor 3013 can execute steps 4021-4024 of the method shown in FIG. 15, and can perform steps S42-S45 of the method shown in FIG. 16, and the processor 3013 can implement the functions of the determining module 82 in FIG.
在可选的一种实施方式中,处理器3013,具体用于:根据指示第一索引的字段,确定第二索引,其中,第二索引是第二传输块大小索引或者第二调制编码方式索引,第二索引大于或者等于第一索引;将与资源分配字段和第二索引对应的传输块大小,确定为上行信息的传输块大小。在一种可能的设计中,处理器3013,具体用于:根据资源分配字段和第二索引,在传输块大小表格中查询与资源分配字段和第二索引对应的传输块大小;确定查询到的传输块大小,为上行信息的传输块大小。此时,处理器3013可以执行图17所示方法的步骤5021-5023,可以执行图18所示方法的步骤S52-S54,进而处理器3013可以实现图26中确定模块82的各功能。In an optional implementation manner, the processor 3013 is specifically configured to: determine, according to a field indicating the first index, the second index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation coding mode index The second index is greater than or equal to the first index; the transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index is determined as the transport block size of the uplink information. In a possible design, the processor 3013 is configured to: query, according to the resource allocation field and the second index, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index in the transport block size table; determine the queried Transport block size, which is the transport block size of the upstream information. At this time, the processor 3013 can execute steps 5021-5023 of the method shown in FIG. 17, and can perform steps S52-S54 of the method shown in FIG. 18, and the processor 3013 can implement the functions of the determining module 82 in FIG.
在可选的一种实施方式中,随机接入响应中还包括:类型指示字段;类型指示字段用于指示终端设备是否采用第一查询方式确定上行信息的传输块大小。In an optional implementation manner, the random access response further includes: a type indication field, where the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
图28所示实施例的终端设备可用于上述图8-图18中所示方法实施例的技术方案,或者执行图21-图26所示实施例各个模块的程序,其实现原理和技术效果类似,此处不再赘述。在本发明实施例中,上述各实施例之间可以相互参考和借鉴,相同或相似 的步骤以及名词均不再一一赘述。The terminal device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 28 can be used in the technical solution of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 to FIG. 18 or the program of each module in the embodiment shown in FIG. 21 to FIG. 26, and the implementation principle and technical effect are similar. , will not repeat them here. In the embodiment of the present invention, the foregoing embodiments may refer to and learn from each other, the same or similar. The steps and nouns are not repeated.
接收器3011、发送器3012可以与天线连接。在下行方向上,接收器3011、发送器3012通过天线接收网络设备发送的信息,并将信息发送给处理器3013进行处理。在上行方向上,处理器3013对终端设备的数据进行处理,并通过发送器3012发送给网络设备。The receiver 3011 and the transmitter 3012 can be connected to an antenna. In the downlink direction, the receiver 3011 and the transmitter 3012 receive the information transmitted by the network device through the antenna, and send the information to the processor 3013 for processing. In the uplink direction, the processor 3013 processes the data of the terminal device and transmits it to the network device through the transmitter 3012.
该存储器3014用于存储实现以上方法实施例,或者图28所示实施例各个模块的程序,处理器3013调用该程序,执行以上方法实施例的操作,以实现图28所示的各个模块。The memory 3014 is configured to store a program for implementing the above method embodiments, or the modules of the embodiment shown in FIG. 28, and the processor 3013 calls the program to perform the operations of the above method embodiments to implement the modules shown in FIG.
或者,以上各个模块的部分或全部也可以通过集成电路的形式内嵌于该用设备的某一个芯片上来实现。且它们可以单独实现,也可以集成在一起。即以上这些模块可以被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)等。Alternatively, some or all of the above modules may be implemented by being embedded in a chip of the device in the form of an integrated circuit. And they can be implemented separately or integrated. That is, the above modules may be configured to implement one or more integrated circuits of the above method, such as: one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), or one or more microprocessors (digital singnal processor) , DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), and the like.
图29为本申请实施例提供的又一种网络设备的结构示意图。如图20所示,该网络设备可以用于执行图27所示实施例中网络设备的动作或步骤,该网络设备包括发送器3111、接收器3112和处理器3113。FIG. 29 is a schematic structural diagram of still another network device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 20, the network device can be used to perform the actions or steps of the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 27, the network device including a transmitter 3111, a receiver 3112, and a processor 3113.
发送器3111,用于向终端设备发送随机接入响应,其中,随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引,资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段用于终端设备确定上行信息的传输块大小,上行信息为随机接入响应所调度的。The transmitter 3111 is configured to send a random access response to the terminal device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding manner The index, the resource allocation field, and the field indicating the first index are used by the terminal device to determine the transport block size of the uplink information, and the uplink information is scheduled by the random access response.
在可选的一种实施方式中,随机接入响应中还包括:类型指示字段;类型指示字段用于指示终端设备是否采用第一查询方式确定上行信息的传输块大小。In an optional implementation manner, the random access response further includes: a type indication field, where the type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using the first query manner.
图29所示实施例的网络设备可用于上述图19-图20中所示方法实施例的技术方案,或者执行图27所示实施例各个模块的程序,其实现原理和技术效果类似,此处不再赘述。在本发明实施例中,上述各实施例之间可以相互参考和借鉴,相同或相似的步骤以及名词均不再一一赘述。The network device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 29 can be used in the technical solution of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 19 to FIG. 20 or the program of each module in the embodiment shown in FIG. 27, and the implementation principle and technical effect are similar. No longer. In the embodiments of the present invention, the above embodiments may be referred to and referenced, and the same or similar steps and nouns are not repeatedly described.
处理器3113调用该程序,执行以上方法实施例的操作,以实现图29所示的各个模块。The processor 3113 calls the program to perform the operations of the above method embodiments to implement the various modules shown in FIG.
其中,处理器3113也可以为控制器,图29中表示为“控制器/处理器3113”。发送器3111和接收器3112用于支持网络设备与上述实施例中的终端设备之间收发信息,以及支持终端设备与其他终端设备之间进行无线电通信。处理器3113执行各种用于与终端设备通信的功能。The processor 3113 may also be a controller, and is represented as "controller/processor 3113" in FIG. The transmitter 3111 and the receiver 3112 are configured to support transmission and reception of information between the network device and the terminal device in the above embodiment, and to support radio communication between the terminal device and other terminal devices. The processor 3113 performs various functions for communicating with the terminal device.
进一步的,网络设备还可以包括存储器3114,存储器3114用于存储网络设备的程序代码和数据。此外,网络设备还可以包括通信接口3115。通信接口3115用于支持网络设备与其他网络实体进行通信。Further, the network device may further include a memory 3114 for storing program codes and data of the network device. In addition, the network device can also include a communication interface 3115. Communication interface 3115 is used to support network devices to communicate with other network entities.
处理器3113例如中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路,或,一个或 多个微处理器,或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列等。存储器3114可以是一个存储器,也可以是多个存储元件的统称。The processor 3113, such as a central processing unit (CPU), may also be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as one or more specific integrated circuits, or one or Multiple microprocessors, or one or more field programmable gate arrays, and the like. The memory 3114 may be a memory or a general term for a plurality of storage elements.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如,同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如,红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in accordance with embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that includes one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (eg, a solid state disk (SSD)) or the like.
以上所述,仅为本发明的具体实施方式,但本发明的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。因此,本发明的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above is only a specific embodiment of the present invention, but the scope of the present invention is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope of the present invention. It should be covered by the scope of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the invention should be determined by the scope of the appended claims.

Claims (22)

  1. 一种确定传输块大小的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for determining a size of a transport block, comprising:
    终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,所述随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,所述第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引;Receiving, by the terminal device, a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation coding mode index ;
    所述终端设备根据所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段,确定所述随机接入响应所调度的上行信息的传输块大小。And determining, by the terminal device, a transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段,确定所述随机接入响应所调度的上行信息的传输块大小,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, a transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response, include:
    所述终端设备采用第一查询方式,根据所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段,确定所述上行信息的传输块大小。The terminal device adopts a first query mode, and determines a transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备采用第一查询方式,根据所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段,确定所述上行信息的传输块大小,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the terminal device determines, by using the first query mode, the transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, including :
    所述终端设备根据所述资源分配字段,确定第一物理资源数,其中,所述第一物理资源数是所述终端设备传输所述上行信息的物理资源数,所述第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;The terminal device determines the first physical resource number according to the resource allocation field, where the first physical resource number is the physical resource number of the terminal device that transmits the uplink information, and the first physical resource is physical Resource block or subcarrier;
    所述终端设备根据所述第一物理资源数,确定第二物理资源数,其中,所述第二物理资源数大于等于所述第一物理资源数;The terminal device determines the second physical resource number according to the first physical resource number, where the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the first physical resource number;
    所述终端设备根据所述指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;Determining, by the terminal device, the first index according to the field indicating the first index;
    所述终端设备将与所述第二物理资源数和所述第一索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小。And determining, by the terminal device, a transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备采用第一查询方式,根据所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段,确定所述上行信息的传输块大小,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the terminal device determines, by using the first query mode, the transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, including :
    所述终端设备根据所述资源分配字段,确定第二物理资源数,其中,所述第二物理资源数的取值最大值大于等于与所述资源分配字段对应的第一物理资源数的取值最大值,所述第一物理资源数是所述终端设备传输所述上行信息的物理资源数,所述第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;The terminal device determines the second physical resource number according to the resource allocation field, where the maximum value of the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the value of the first physical resource number corresponding to the resource allocation field. a maximum value, the first physical resource number is a physical resource number of the terminal device that transmits the uplink information, where the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier;
    所述终端设备根据所述指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;Determining, by the terminal device, the first index according to the field indicating the first index;
    所述终端设备将与所述第二物理资源数和所述第一索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小。And determining, by the terminal device, a transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
  5. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备采用第一查询方式,根据所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段,确定所述上行信息的传输块大小,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the terminal device determines, by using the first query mode, the transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, including :
    所述终端设备根据所述指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;Determining, by the terminal device, the first index according to the field indicating the first index;
    所述终端设备根据所述第一索引,确定第二索引,其中,所述第二索引是第二传输块大小索引或者第二调制编码方式索引,所述第二索引大于或者等于所述第一索引; Determining, by the terminal device, the second index according to the first index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, where the second index is greater than or equal to the first index Index
    所述终端设备将与所述资源分配字段和所述第二索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小。And determining, by the terminal device, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
  6. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备采用第一查询方式,根据所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段,确定所述上行信息的传输块大小,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the terminal device determines, by using the first query mode, the transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, including :
    所述终端设备根据所述指示第一索引的字段,确定第二索引,其中,所述第二索引是第二传输块大小索引或者第二调制编码方式索引,所述第二索引大于或者等于所述第一索引;Determining, by the terminal device, the second index according to the field indicating the first index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, where the second index is greater than or equal to The first index;
    所述终端设备将与所述资源分配字段和所述第二索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小。And determining, by the terminal device, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
  7. 根据权利要求2至6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述随机接入响应中还包括:类型指示字段;The method according to any one of claims 2 to 6, wherein the random access response further includes: a type indication field;
    所述类型指示字段用于指示所述终端设备是否采用第一查询方式确定所述上行信息的传输块大小。The type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using a first query manner.
  8. 一种确定传输块大小的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for determining a size of a transport block, comprising:
    网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入响应,其中,所述随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,所述第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引,所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段用于所述终端设备确定上行信息的传输块大小,所述上行信息为所述随机接入响应所调度的。The network device sends a random access response to the terminal device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation and coding manner And the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index are used by the terminal device to determine a transport block size of the uplink information, where the uplink information is scheduled by the random access response.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述随机接入响应中还包括:类型指示字段;The method according to claim 8, wherein the random access response further comprises: a type indication field;
    所述类型指示字段用于指示所述终端设备是否采用第一查询方式确定所述上行信息的传输块大小。The type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using a first query manner.
  10. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,包括:A terminal device, comprising:
    接收模块,用于接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应,所述随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,所述第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引;a receiving module, configured to receive a random access response sent by the network device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or a first modulation Encoding mode index;
    确定模块,用于根据所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段,确定所述随机接入响应所调度的上行信息的传输块大小。And a determining module, configured to determine, according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index, a transport block size of the uplink information scheduled by the random access response.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述确定模块,具体用于:The terminal device according to claim 10, wherein the determining module is specifically configured to:
    采用第一查询方式,根据所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段,确定所述上行信息的传输块大小。And determining, by using the first query mode, the transport block size of the uplink information according to the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述确定模块,包括:The terminal device according to claim 11, wherein the determining module comprises:
    第一确定子模块,用于根据所述资源分配字段,确定第一物理资源数,其中,所述第一物理资源数是所述终端设备传输所述上行信息的物理资源数,所述第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;a first determining submodule, configured to determine, according to the resource allocation field, a first physical resource number, where the first physical resource number is a physical resource number that the terminal device transmits the uplink information, where the first A physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier;
    第二确定子模块,用于根据所述第一物理资源数,确定第二物理资源数,其中,所述第二物理资源数大于等于所述第一物理资源数;a second determining submodule, configured to determine, according to the first physical resource number, a second physical resource number, where the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to the first physical resource number;
    第三确定子模块,用于根据所述指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引; a third determining submodule, configured to determine, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index;
    第四确定子模块,用于将与所述第二物理资源数和所述第一索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小。And a fourth determining submodule, configured to determine a transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
  13. 根据权利要求11所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述确定模块,包括:The terminal device according to claim 11, wherein the determining module comprises:
    第五确定子模块,用于根据所述资源分配字段,确定第二物理资源数,其中,所述第二物理资源数的取值最大值大于等于与所述资源分配字段对应的第一物理资源数的取值最大值,所述第一物理资源数是所述终端设备传输所述上行信息的物理资源数,所述第一物理资源是物理资源块或子载波;a fifth determining submodule, configured to determine, according to the resource allocation field, a second physical resource number, where a maximum value of the second physical resource number is greater than or equal to a first physical resource corresponding to the resource allocation field The maximum value of the number, the first physical resource number is the number of physical resources that the terminal device transmits the uplink information, and the first physical resource is a physical resource block or a subcarrier;
    第六确定子模块,用于根据所述指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;a sixth determining submodule, configured to determine, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index;
    第七确定子模块,用于将与所述第二物理资源数和所述第一索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小。And a seventh determining submodule, configured to determine a transport block size corresponding to the second physical resource number and the first index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
  14. 根据权利要求11所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述确定模块,包括:The terminal device according to claim 11, wherein the determining module comprises:
    第八确定子模块,用于根据所述指示第一索引的字段,确定第一索引;An eighth determining submodule, configured to determine, according to the field indicating the first index, the first index;
    第九确定子模块,用于根据所述第一索引,确定第二索引,其中,所述第二索引是第二传输块大小索引或者第二调制编码方式索引,所述第二索引大于或者等于所述第一索引;a ninth determining submodule, configured to determine, according to the first index, a second index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, where the second index is greater than or equal to The first index;
    第十确定子模块,用于将与所述资源分配字段和所述第二索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小。And a tenth determining submodule, configured to determine, as the transport block size of the uplink information, a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index.
  15. 根据权利要求11所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述确定模块,包括:The terminal device according to claim 11, wherein the determining module comprises:
    第十一确定子模块,用于根据所述指示第一索引的字段,确定第二索引,其中,所述第二索引是第二传输块大小索引或者第二调制编码方式索引,所述第二索引大于或者等于所述第一索引;An eleventh determining submodule, configured to determine a second index according to the field indicating the first index, where the second index is a second transport block size index or a second modulation and coding mode index, and the second The index is greater than or equal to the first index;
    第十二确定子模块,用于将与所述资源分配字段和所述第二索引对应的传输块大小,确定为所述上行信息的传输块大小。And a twelfth determining submodule, configured to determine a transport block size corresponding to the resource allocation field and the second index as a transport block size of the uplink information.
  16. 根据权利要求11至15任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述随机接入响应中还包括:类型指示字段;The terminal device according to any one of claims 11 to 15, wherein the random access response further includes: a type indication field;
    所述类型指示字段用于指示所述终端设备是否采用第一查询方式确定所述上行信息的传输块大小。The type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using a first query manner.
  17. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:A network device, comprising:
    发送模块,用于向终端设备发送随机接入响应,其中,所述随机接入响应中包括资源分配字段和指示第一索引的字段,所述第一索引是第一传输块大小索引或者第一调制编码方式索引,所述资源分配字段和所述指示第一索引的字段用于所述终端设备确定上行信息的传输块大小,所述上行信息为所述随机接入响应所调度的。a sending module, configured to send a random access response to the terminal device, where the random access response includes a resource allocation field and a field indicating a first index, where the first index is a first transport block size index or the first a modulation coding mode index, where the resource allocation field and the field indicating the first index are used by the terminal device to determine a transmission block size of the uplink information, where the uplink information is scheduled by the random access response.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述随机接入响应中还包括:类型指示字段;The network device according to claim 17, wherein the random access response further includes: a type indication field;
    所述类型指示字段用于指示所述终端设备是否采用第一查询方式确定所述上行信息的传输块大小。The type indication field is used to indicate whether the terminal device determines the transport block size of the uplink information by using a first query manner.
  19. 一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1至7任一项所述的方法。A computer readable storage medium comprising instructions which, when executed on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 7.
  20. 一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机 执行如权利要求8或9任一项所述的方法。A computer readable storage medium comprising instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer The method of any one of claims 8 or 9.
  21. 一种包括计算机指令的计算机程序产品,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至7任一项所述的方法。A computer program product comprising computer instructions which, when executed on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 7.
  22. 一种包括计算机指令的计算机程序产品,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求8或9任一项所述的方法。 A computer program product comprising computer instructions which, when executed on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method of any one of claims 8 or 9.
PCT/CN2017/097287 2017-08-11 2017-08-11 Method and device for determining size of transmission block WO2019028926A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2017/097287 WO2019028926A1 (en) 2017-08-11 2017-08-11 Method and device for determining size of transmission block

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2017/097287 WO2019028926A1 (en) 2017-08-11 2017-08-11 Method and device for determining size of transmission block

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019028926A1 true WO2019028926A1 (en) 2019-02-14

Family

ID=65273103

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2017/097287 WO2019028926A1 (en) 2017-08-11 2017-08-11 Method and device for determining size of transmission block

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2019028926A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102448122A (en) * 2011-12-30 2012-05-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and base station for confirming size of transmission block in sub-frame
CN104038970A (en) * 2013-03-05 2014-09-10 电信科学技术研究院 Communication processing method and equipment
WO2016182274A1 (en) * 2015-05-08 2016-11-17 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for transmitting/receiving data using transport block size defined for machine type communication terminal in wireless access system supporting machine type communication

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102448122A (en) * 2011-12-30 2012-05-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and base station for confirming size of transmission block in sub-frame
CN104038970A (en) * 2013-03-05 2014-09-10 电信科学技术研究院 Communication processing method and equipment
WO2016182274A1 (en) * 2015-05-08 2016-11-17 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for transmitting/receiving data using transport block size defined for machine type communication terminal in wireless access system supporting machine type communication

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ZTE: "Support of larger TBS and larger PDSCH/PUSCH bandwidth for MTC", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #86 R1-167319, 26 August 2016 (2016-08-26), XP051125838 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9295040B2 (en) Packet scheduling in communications
TWI705727B (en) User equipments and methods for bandwidth part (bwp) selection for a random access procedure
US11528637B2 (en) Method and apparatus for wireless communication
US11418999B2 (en) Buffer status report for high priority transmission
TWI730073B (en) D2d communication method, terminal equipment, and network equipment
TWI741138B (en) Wireless communication method, terminal equipment, and network equipment
US11259362B2 (en) Method for repeatedly transmitting data and device
US12004228B2 (en) Information transmission method, terminal device, and network device
WO2021017773A1 (en) Method and apparatus for reporting channel state information
WO2016161656A1 (en) Method, user equipment, and base station for reporting channel state information
WO2016183714A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2021008515A1 (en) Method and apparatus for data transmission under network slice architecture
US11979879B2 (en) Information transmission method, communications device, and network device
CN107534984B (en) Configuration method and equipment of component carrier group
WO2020199609A1 (en) Method and device for communication
US11064503B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting control information
CN112806075B (en) Communication method and device
CN108183782B (en) Signal transmission method, base station and user equipment in asymmetric carrier aggregation
CN110612684B (en) Response feedback method, terminal and network equipment
WO2019028926A1 (en) Method and device for determining size of transmission block
CN110945951B (en) Data transmission method and device
WO2020061961A1 (en) Channel quality measurement method and apparatus
US10064194B2 (en) Method and apparatus for allocating device-to-device D2D communication resource
WO2023151391A1 (en) Beam training method and communication apparatus
EP4319024A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17920718

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17920718

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1